1 /*
2  * Copyright (C) 2005-2007  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
3  * Copyright (C) 2008  VMware, Inc.   All Rights Reserved.
4  * Copyright © 2010 Intel Corporation
5  * Copyright © 2011 Bryan Cain
6  *
7  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
8  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
9  * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
10  * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
11  * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
12  * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
13  *
14  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
15  * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
16  * Software.
17  *
18  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
19  * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
20  * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
21  * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
22  * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
23  * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
24  * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
25  */
26 
27 /**
28  * \file glsl_to_tgsi.cpp
29  *
30  * Translate GLSL IR to TGSI.
31  */
32 
33 #include "st_glsl_to_tgsi.h"
34 
35 #include "compiler/glsl/glsl_parser_extras.h"
36 #include "compiler/glsl/ir_optimization.h"
37 #include "compiler/glsl/program.h"
38 
39 #include "main/errors.h"
40 #include "main/shaderobj.h"
41 #include "main/uniforms.h"
42 #include "main/shaderapi.h"
43 #include "main/shaderimage.h"
44 #include "program/prog_instruction.h"
45 
46 #include "pipe/p_context.h"
47 #include "pipe/p_screen.h"
48 #include "tgsi/tgsi_ureg.h"
49 #include "tgsi/tgsi_info.h"
50 #include "util/u_math.h"
51 #include "util/u_memory.h"
52 #include "st_program.h"
53 #include "st_format.h"
54 #include "st_glsl_to_tgsi_temprename.h"
55 
56 #include "util/hash_table.h"
57 #include <algorithm>
58 
59 #define PROGRAM_ANY_CONST ((1 << PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) |    \
60                            (1 << PROGRAM_CONSTANT) |     \
61                            (1 << PROGRAM_UNIFORM))
62 
63 #define MAX_GLSL_TEXTURE_OFFSET 4
64 
65 #ifndef NDEBUG
66 #include "util/u_atomic.h"
67 #include "util/simple_mtx.h"
68 #include <fstream>
69 #include <ios>
70 
71 /* Prepare to make it possible to specify log file */
72 static std::ofstream stats_log;
73 
74 /* Helper function to check whether we want to write some statistics
75  * of the shader conversion.
76  */
77 
78 static simple_mtx_t print_stats_mutex = _SIMPLE_MTX_INITIALIZER_NP;
79 
print_stats_enabled()80 static inline bool print_stats_enabled ()
81 {
82    static int stats_enabled = 0;
83 
84    if (!stats_enabled) {
85       simple_mtx_lock(&print_stats_mutex);
86       if (!stats_enabled) {
87 	 const char *stats_filename = getenv("GLSL_TO_TGSI_PRINT_STATS");
88 	 if (stats_filename) {
89 	    bool write_header = std::ifstream(stats_filename).fail();
90 	    stats_log.open(stats_filename, std::ios_base::out | std::ios_base::app);
91 	    stats_enabled = stats_log.good() ? 1 : -1;
92 	    if (write_header)
93 	       stats_log << "arrays,temps,temps in arrays,total,instructions\n";
94 	 } else {
95 	    stats_enabled = -1;
96 	 }
97       }
98       simple_mtx_unlock(&print_stats_mutex);
99    }
100    return stats_enabled > 0;
101 }
102 #define PRINT_STATS(X) if (print_stats_enabled()) do { X; } while (false);
103 #else
104 #define PRINT_STATS(X)
105 #endif
106 
107 
is_precise(const ir_variable * ir)108 static unsigned is_precise(const ir_variable *ir)
109 {
110    if (!ir)
111       return 0;
112    return ir->data.precise || ir->data.invariant;
113 }
114 
115 class variable_storage {
116    DECLARE_RZALLOC_CXX_OPERATORS(variable_storage)
117 
118 public:
variable_storage(ir_variable * var,gl_register_file file,int index,unsigned array_id=0)119    variable_storage(ir_variable *var, gl_register_file file, int index,
120                     unsigned array_id = 0)
121       : file(file), index(index), component(0), var(var), array_id(array_id)
122    {
123       assert(file != PROGRAM_ARRAY || array_id != 0);
124    }
125 
126    gl_register_file file;
127    int index;
128 
129    /* Explicit component location. This is given in terms of the GLSL-style
130     * swizzles where each double is a single component, i.e. for 64-bit types
131     * it can only be 0 or 1.
132     */
133    int component;
134    ir_variable *var; /* variable that maps to this, if any */
135    unsigned array_id;
136 };
137 
138 class immediate_storage : public exec_node {
139 public:
immediate_storage(gl_constant_value * values,int size32,GLenum type)140    immediate_storage(gl_constant_value *values, int size32, GLenum type)
141    {
142       memcpy(this->values, values, size32 * sizeof(gl_constant_value));
143       this->size32 = size32;
144       this->type = type;
145    }
146 
147    /* doubles are stored across 2 gl_constant_values */
148    gl_constant_value values[4];
149    int size32; /**< Number of 32-bit components (1-4) */
150    GLenum type; /**< GL_DOUBLE, GL_FLOAT, GL_INT, GL_BOOL, or GL_UNSIGNED_INT */
151 };
152 
153 static const st_src_reg undef_src = st_src_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, 0, GLSL_TYPE_ERROR);
154 static const st_dst_reg undef_dst = st_dst_reg(PROGRAM_UNDEFINED, SWIZZLE_NOOP, GLSL_TYPE_ERROR);
155 
156 struct inout_decl {
157    unsigned mesa_index;
158    unsigned array_id; /* TGSI ArrayID; 1-based: 0 means not an array */
159    unsigned size;
160    unsigned interp_loc;
161    unsigned gs_out_streams;
162    enum glsl_interp_mode interp;
163    enum glsl_base_type base_type;
164    ubyte usage_mask; /* GLSL-style usage-mask,  i.e. single bit per double */
165    bool invariant;
166 };
167 
168 static struct inout_decl *
find_inout_array(struct inout_decl * decls,unsigned count,unsigned array_id)169 find_inout_array(struct inout_decl *decls, unsigned count, unsigned array_id)
170 {
171    assert(array_id != 0);
172 
173    for (unsigned i = 0; i < count; i++) {
174       struct inout_decl *decl = &decls[i];
175 
176       if (array_id == decl->array_id) {
177          return decl;
178       }
179    }
180 
181    return NULL;
182 }
183 
184 static enum glsl_base_type
find_array_type(struct inout_decl * decls,unsigned count,unsigned array_id)185 find_array_type(struct inout_decl *decls, unsigned count, unsigned array_id)
186 {
187    if (!array_id)
188       return GLSL_TYPE_ERROR;
189    struct inout_decl *decl = find_inout_array(decls, count, array_id);
190    if (decl)
191       return decl->base_type;
192    return GLSL_TYPE_ERROR;
193 }
194 
195 struct hwatomic_decl {
196    unsigned location;
197    unsigned binding;
198    unsigned size;
199    unsigned array_id;
200 };
201 
202 struct glsl_to_tgsi_visitor : public ir_visitor {
203 public:
204    glsl_to_tgsi_visitor();
205    ~glsl_to_tgsi_visitor();
206 
207    struct gl_context *ctx;
208    struct gl_program *prog;
209    struct gl_shader_program *shader_program;
210    struct gl_linked_shader *shader;
211    struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options;
212 
213    int next_temp;
214 
215    unsigned *array_sizes;
216    unsigned max_num_arrays;
217    unsigned next_array;
218 
219    struct inout_decl inputs[4 * PIPE_MAX_SHADER_INPUTS];
220    unsigned num_inputs;
221    unsigned num_input_arrays;
222    struct inout_decl outputs[4 * PIPE_MAX_SHADER_OUTPUTS];
223    unsigned num_outputs;
224    unsigned num_output_arrays;
225 
226    struct hwatomic_decl atomic_info[PIPE_MAX_HW_ATOMIC_BUFFERS];
227    unsigned num_atomics;
228    unsigned num_atomic_arrays;
229    int num_address_regs;
230    uint32_t samplers_used;
231    glsl_base_type sampler_types[PIPE_MAX_SAMPLERS];
232    enum tgsi_texture_type sampler_targets[PIPE_MAX_SAMPLERS];
233    int images_used;
234    enum tgsi_texture_type image_targets[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_IMAGES];
235    enum pipe_format image_formats[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_IMAGES];
236    bool image_wr[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_IMAGES];
237    bool indirect_addr_consts;
238    int wpos_transform_const;
239 
240    bool native_integers;
241    bool have_sqrt;
242    bool have_fma;
243    bool use_shared_memory;
244    bool has_tex_txf_lz;
245    bool precise;
246    bool need_uarl;
247    bool tg4_component_in_swizzle;
248 
249    variable_storage *find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var);
250 
251    int add_constant(gl_register_file file, gl_constant_value values[8],
252                     int size, GLenum datatype, uint16_t *swizzle_out);
253 
254    st_src_reg get_temp(const glsl_type *type);
255    void reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir, st_src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr);
256 
257    st_src_reg st_src_reg_for_double(double val);
258    st_src_reg st_src_reg_for_float(float val);
259    st_src_reg st_src_reg_for_int(int val);
260    st_src_reg st_src_reg_for_int64(int64_t val);
261    st_src_reg st_src_reg_for_type(enum glsl_base_type type, int val);
262 
263    /**
264     * \name Visit methods
265     *
266     * As typical for the visitor pattern, there must be one \c visit method for
267     * each concrete subclass of \c ir_instruction.  Virtual base classes within
268     * the hierarchy should not have \c visit methods.
269     */
270    /*@{*/
271    virtual void visit(ir_variable *);
272    virtual void visit(ir_loop *);
273    virtual void visit(ir_loop_jump *);
274    virtual void visit(ir_function_signature *);
275    virtual void visit(ir_function *);
276    virtual void visit(ir_expression *);
277    virtual void visit(ir_swizzle *);
278    virtual void visit(ir_dereference_variable  *);
279    virtual void visit(ir_dereference_array *);
280    virtual void visit(ir_dereference_record *);
281    virtual void visit(ir_assignment *);
282    virtual void visit(ir_constant *);
283    virtual void visit(ir_call *);
284    virtual void visit(ir_return *);
285    virtual void visit(ir_discard *);
286    virtual void visit(ir_demote *);
287    virtual void visit(ir_texture *);
288    virtual void visit(ir_if *);
289    virtual void visit(ir_emit_vertex *);
290    virtual void visit(ir_end_primitive *);
291    virtual void visit(ir_barrier *);
292    /*@}*/
293 
294    void ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE visit_expression(ir_expression *, st_src_reg *);
295 
296    void visit_atomic_counter_intrinsic(ir_call *);
297    void visit_ssbo_intrinsic(ir_call *);
298    void visit_membar_intrinsic(ir_call *);
299    void visit_shared_intrinsic(ir_call *);
300    void visit_image_intrinsic(ir_call *);
301    void visit_generic_intrinsic(ir_call *, enum tgsi_opcode op);
302 
303    st_src_reg result;
304 
305    /** List of variable_storage */
306    struct hash_table *variables;
307 
308    /** List of immediate_storage */
309    exec_list immediates;
310    unsigned num_immediates;
311 
312    /** List of glsl_to_tgsi_instruction */
313    exec_list instructions;
314 
315    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *emit_asm(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
316                                       st_dst_reg dst = undef_dst,
317                                       st_src_reg src0 = undef_src,
318                                       st_src_reg src1 = undef_src,
319                                       st_src_reg src2 = undef_src,
320                                       st_src_reg src3 = undef_src);
321 
322    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *emit_asm(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
323                                       st_dst_reg dst, st_dst_reg dst1,
324                                       st_src_reg src0 = undef_src,
325                                       st_src_reg src1 = undef_src,
326                                       st_src_reg src2 = undef_src,
327                                       st_src_reg src3 = undef_src);
328 
329    enum tgsi_opcode get_opcode(enum tgsi_opcode op,
330                                st_dst_reg dst,
331                                st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1);
332 
333    /**
334     * Emit the correct dot-product instruction for the type of arguments
335     */
336    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,
337                                      st_dst_reg dst,
338                                      st_src_reg src0,
339                                      st_src_reg src1,
340                                      unsigned elements);
341 
342    void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
343                     st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0);
344 
345    void emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
346                     st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1);
347 
348    void emit_arl(ir_instruction *ir, st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0);
349 
350    void get_deref_offsets(ir_dereference *ir,
351                           unsigned *array_size,
352                           unsigned *base,
353                           uint16_t *index,
354                           st_src_reg *reladdr,
355                           bool opaque);
356   void calc_deref_offsets(ir_dereference *tail,
357                           unsigned *array_elements,
358                           uint16_t *index,
359                           st_src_reg *indirect,
360                           unsigned *location);
361    st_src_reg canonicalize_gather_offset(st_src_reg offset);
362    bool handle_bound_deref(ir_dereference *ir);
363 
364    bool try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir,
365               int mul_operand);
366    bool try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir,
367               int mul_operand);
368 
369    void emit_swz(ir_expression *ir);
370 
371    bool process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir);
372 
373    void simplify_cmp(void);
374 
375    void rename_temp_registers(struct rename_reg_pair *renames);
376    void get_first_temp_read(int *first_reads);
377    void get_first_temp_write(int *first_writes);
378    void get_last_temp_read_first_temp_write(int *last_reads, int *first_writes);
379    void get_last_temp_write(int *last_writes);
380 
381    void copy_propagate(void);
382    int eliminate_dead_code(void);
383 
384    void split_arrays(void);
385    void merge_two_dsts(void);
386    void merge_registers(void);
387    void renumber_registers(void);
388 
389    void emit_block_mov(ir_assignment *ir, const struct glsl_type *type,
390                        st_dst_reg *l, st_src_reg *r,
391                        st_src_reg *cond, bool cond_swap);
392 
393    void print_stats();
394 
395    void *mem_ctx;
396 };
397 
398 static st_dst_reg address_reg = st_dst_reg(PROGRAM_ADDRESS, WRITEMASK_X,
399                                            GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, 0);
400 static st_dst_reg address_reg2 = st_dst_reg(PROGRAM_ADDRESS, WRITEMASK_X,
401                                             GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, 1);
402 static st_dst_reg sampler_reladdr = st_dst_reg(PROGRAM_ADDRESS, WRITEMASK_X,
403                                                GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT, 2);
404 
405 static void
406 fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...)
407    PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);
408 
409 static void
fail_link(struct gl_shader_program * prog,const char * fmt,...)410 fail_link(struct gl_shader_program *prog, const char *fmt, ...)
411 {
412    va_list args;
413    va_start(args, fmt);
414    ralloc_vasprintf_append(&prog->data->InfoLog, fmt, args);
415    va_end(args);
416 
417    prog->data->LinkStatus = LINKING_FAILURE;
418 }
419 
420 int
swizzle_for_size(int size)421 swizzle_for_size(int size)
422 {
423    static const int size_swizzles[4] = {
424       MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X),
425       MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y),
426       MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z),
427       MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W),
428    };
429 
430    assert((size >= 1) && (size <= 4));
431    return size_swizzles[size - 1];
432 }
433 
434 
435 /**
436  * Map mesa texture target to TGSI texture target.
437  */
438 static enum tgsi_texture_type
st_translate_texture_target(gl_texture_index textarget,GLboolean shadow)439 st_translate_texture_target(gl_texture_index textarget, GLboolean shadow)
440 {
441    if (shadow) {
442       switch (textarget) {
443       case TEXTURE_1D_INDEX:
444          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOW1D;
445       case TEXTURE_2D_INDEX:
446          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOW2D;
447       case TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX:
448          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOWRECT;
449       case TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX:
450          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOW1D_ARRAY;
451       case TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX:
452          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOW2D_ARRAY;
453       case TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX:
454          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOWCUBE;
455       case TEXTURE_CUBE_ARRAY_INDEX:
456          return TGSI_TEXTURE_SHADOWCUBE_ARRAY;
457       default:
458          break;
459       }
460    }
461 
462    switch (textarget) {
463    case TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_INDEX:
464       return TGSI_TEXTURE_2D_MSAA;
465    case TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_INDEX:
466       return TGSI_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_MSAA;
467    case TEXTURE_BUFFER_INDEX:
468       return TGSI_TEXTURE_BUFFER;
469    case TEXTURE_1D_INDEX:
470       return TGSI_TEXTURE_1D;
471    case TEXTURE_2D_INDEX:
472       return TGSI_TEXTURE_2D;
473    case TEXTURE_3D_INDEX:
474       return TGSI_TEXTURE_3D;
475    case TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX:
476       return TGSI_TEXTURE_CUBE;
477    case TEXTURE_CUBE_ARRAY_INDEX:
478       return TGSI_TEXTURE_CUBE_ARRAY;
479    case TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX:
480       return TGSI_TEXTURE_RECT;
481    case TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_INDEX:
482       return TGSI_TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY;
483    case TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_INDEX:
484       return TGSI_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY;
485    case TEXTURE_EXTERNAL_INDEX:
486       return TGSI_TEXTURE_2D;
487    default:
488       debug_assert(!"unexpected texture target index");
489       return TGSI_TEXTURE_1D;
490    }
491 }
492 
493 
494 /**
495  * Map GLSL base type to TGSI return type.
496  */
497 static enum tgsi_return_type
st_translate_texture_type(enum glsl_base_type type)498 st_translate_texture_type(enum glsl_base_type type)
499 {
500    switch (type) {
501    case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
502       return TGSI_RETURN_TYPE_SINT;
503    case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
504       return TGSI_RETURN_TYPE_UINT;
505    case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
506       return TGSI_RETURN_TYPE_FLOAT;
507    default:
508       assert(!"unexpected texture type");
509       return TGSI_RETURN_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
510    }
511 }
512 
513 
514 glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *
emit_asm(ir_instruction * ir,enum tgsi_opcode op,st_dst_reg dst,st_dst_reg dst1,st_src_reg src0,st_src_reg src1,st_src_reg src2,st_src_reg src3)515 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_asm(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
516                                st_dst_reg dst, st_dst_reg dst1,
517                                st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1,
518                                st_src_reg src2, st_src_reg src3)
519 {
520    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst = new(mem_ctx) glsl_to_tgsi_instruction();
521    int num_reladdr = 0, i, j;
522    bool dst_is_64bit[2];
523 
524    op = get_opcode(op, dst, src0, src1);
525 
526    /* If we have to do relative addressing, we want to load the ARL
527     * reg directly for one of the regs, and preload the other reladdr
528     * sources into temps.
529     */
530    num_reladdr += dst.reladdr != NULL || dst.reladdr2;
531    assert(!dst1.reladdr); /* should be lowered in earlier passes */
532    num_reladdr += src0.reladdr != NULL || src0.reladdr2 != NULL;
533    num_reladdr += src1.reladdr != NULL || src1.reladdr2 != NULL;
534    num_reladdr += src2.reladdr != NULL || src2.reladdr2 != NULL;
535    num_reladdr += src3.reladdr != NULL || src3.reladdr2 != NULL;
536 
537    reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src3, &num_reladdr);
538    reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src2, &num_reladdr);
539    reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src1, &num_reladdr);
540    reladdr_to_temp(ir, &src0, &num_reladdr);
541 
542    if (dst.reladdr || dst.reladdr2) {
543       if (dst.reladdr)
544          emit_arl(ir, address_reg, *dst.reladdr);
545       if (dst.reladdr2)
546          emit_arl(ir, address_reg2, *dst.reladdr2);
547       num_reladdr--;
548    }
549 
550    assert(num_reladdr == 0);
551 
552    /* inst->op has only 8 bits. */
553    STATIC_ASSERT(TGSI_OPCODE_LAST <= 255);
554 
555    inst->op = op;
556    inst->precise = this->precise;
557    inst->info = tgsi_get_opcode_info(op);
558    inst->dst[0] = dst;
559    inst->dst[1] = dst1;
560    inst->src[0] = src0;
561    inst->src[1] = src1;
562    inst->src[2] = src2;
563    inst->src[3] = src3;
564    inst->is_64bit_expanded = false;
565    inst->ir = ir;
566    inst->dead_mask = 0;
567    inst->tex_offsets = NULL;
568    inst->tex_offset_num_offset = 0;
569    inst->saturate = 0;
570    inst->tex_shadow = 0;
571    /* default to float, for paths where this is not initialized
572     * (since 0==UINT which is likely wrong):
573     */
574    inst->tex_type = GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
575 
576    /* Update indirect addressing status used by TGSI */
577    if (dst.reladdr || dst.reladdr2) {
578       switch (dst.file) {
579       case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
580       case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
581       case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
582          this->indirect_addr_consts = true;
583          break;
584       case PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE:
585          assert(!"immediates should not have indirect addressing");
586          break;
587       default:
588          break;
589       }
590    }
591    else {
592       for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
593          if (inst->src[i].reladdr) {
594             switch (inst->src[i].file) {
595             case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
596             case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
597             case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
598                this->indirect_addr_consts = true;
599                break;
600             case PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE:
601                assert(!"immediates should not have indirect addressing");
602                break;
603             default:
604                break;
605             }
606          }
607       }
608    }
609 
610    /*
611     * This section contains the double processing.
612     * GLSL just represents doubles as single channel values,
613     * however most HW and TGSI represent doubles as pairs of register channels.
614     *
615     * so we have to fixup destination writemask/index and src swizzle/indexes.
616     * dest writemasks need to translate from single channel write mask
617     * to a dual-channel writemask, but also need to modify the index,
618     * if we are touching the Z,W fields in the pre-translated writemask.
619     *
620     * src channels have similiar index modifications along with swizzle
621     * changes to we pick the XY, ZW pairs from the correct index.
622     *
623     * GLSL [0].x -> TGSI [0].xy
624     * GLSL [0].y -> TGSI [0].zw
625     * GLSL [0].z -> TGSI [1].xy
626     * GLSL [0].w -> TGSI [1].zw
627     */
628    for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
629       dst_is_64bit[j] = glsl_base_type_is_64bit(inst->dst[j].type);
630       if (!dst_is_64bit[j] && inst->dst[j].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&
631           inst->dst[j].type == GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY) {
632          enum glsl_base_type type = find_array_type(this->outputs,
633                                                     this->num_outputs,
634                                                     inst->dst[j].array_id);
635          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(type))
636             dst_is_64bit[j] = true;
637       }
638    }
639 
640    if (dst_is_64bit[0] || dst_is_64bit[1] ||
641        glsl_base_type_is_64bit(inst->src[0].type)) {
642       glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *dinst = NULL;
643       int initial_src_swz[4], initial_src_idx[4];
644       int initial_dst_idx[2], initial_dst_writemask[2];
645       /* select the writemask for dst0 or dst1 */
646       unsigned writemask = inst->dst[1].file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED
647          ? inst->dst[0].writemask : inst->dst[1].writemask;
648 
649       /* copy out the writemask, index and swizzles for all src/dsts. */
650       for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
651          initial_dst_writemask[j] = inst->dst[j].writemask;
652          initial_dst_idx[j] = inst->dst[j].index;
653       }
654 
655       for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) {
656          initial_src_swz[j] = inst->src[j].swizzle;
657          initial_src_idx[j] = inst->src[j].index;
658       }
659 
660       /*
661        * scan all the components in the dst writemask
662        * generate an instruction for each of them if required.
663        */
664       st_src_reg addr;
665       while (writemask) {
666 
667          int i = u_bit_scan(&writemask);
668 
669          /* before emitting the instruction, see if we have to adjust
670           * load / store address */
671          if (i > 1 && (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD ||
672                        inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_STORE) &&
673              addr.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
674             /* We have to advance the buffer address by 16 */
675             addr = get_temp(glsl_type::uint_type);
676             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_UADD, st_dst_reg(addr),
677                      inst->src[0], st_src_reg_for_int(16));
678          }
679 
680          /* first time use previous instruction */
681          if (dinst == NULL) {
682             dinst = inst;
683          } else {
684             /* create a new instructions for subsequent attempts */
685             dinst = new(mem_ctx) glsl_to_tgsi_instruction();
686             *dinst = *inst;
687             dinst->next = NULL;
688             dinst->prev = NULL;
689          }
690          this->instructions.push_tail(dinst);
691          dinst->is_64bit_expanded = true;
692 
693          /* modify the destination if we are splitting */
694          for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
695             if (dst_is_64bit[j]) {
696                dinst->dst[j].writemask = (i & 1) ? WRITEMASK_ZW : WRITEMASK_XY;
697                dinst->dst[j].index = initial_dst_idx[j];
698                if (i > 1) {
699                   if (dinst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD ||
700                       dinst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_STORE)
701                      dinst->src[0] = addr;
702                   if (dinst->op != TGSI_OPCODE_STORE)
703                      dinst->dst[j].index++;
704                }
705             } else {
706                /* if we aren't writing to a double, just get the bit of the
707                 * initial writemask for this channel
708                 */
709                dinst->dst[j].writemask = initial_dst_writemask[j] & (1 << i);
710             }
711          }
712 
713          /* modify the src registers */
714          for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) {
715             int swz = GET_SWZ(initial_src_swz[j], i);
716 
717             if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(dinst->src[j].type)) {
718                dinst->src[j].index = initial_src_idx[j];
719                if (swz > 1) {
720                   dinst->src[j].double_reg2 = true;
721                   dinst->src[j].index++;
722                }
723 
724                if (swz & 1)
725                   dinst->src[j].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W,
726                                                         SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_W);
727                else
728                   dinst->src[j].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y,
729                                                         SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
730 
731             } else {
732                /* some opcodes are special case in what they use as sources
733                 * - [FUI]2D/[UI]2I64 is a float/[u]int src0, (D)LDEXP is
734                 * integer src1
735                 */
736                if (op == TGSI_OPCODE_F2D || op == TGSI_OPCODE_U2D ||
737                    op == TGSI_OPCODE_I2D ||
738                    op == TGSI_OPCODE_I2I64 || op == TGSI_OPCODE_U2I64 ||
739                    op == TGSI_OPCODE_DLDEXP || op == TGSI_OPCODE_LDEXP ||
740                    (op == TGSI_OPCODE_UCMP && dst_is_64bit[0])) {
741                   dinst->src[j].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swz, swz, swz, swz);
742                }
743             }
744          }
745       }
746       inst = dinst;
747    } else {
748       this->instructions.push_tail(inst);
749    }
750 
751 
752    return inst;
753 }
754 
755 glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *
emit_asm(ir_instruction * ir,enum tgsi_opcode op,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src0,st_src_reg src1,st_src_reg src2,st_src_reg src3)756 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_asm(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
757                                st_dst_reg dst,
758                                st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1,
759                                st_src_reg src2, st_src_reg src3)
760 {
761    return emit_asm(ir, op, dst, undef_dst, src0, src1, src2, src3);
762 }
763 
764 /**
765  * Determines whether to use an integer, unsigned integer, or float opcode
766  * based on the operands and input opcode, then emits the result.
767  */
768 enum tgsi_opcode
get_opcode(enum tgsi_opcode op,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src0,st_src_reg src1)769 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_opcode(enum tgsi_opcode op,
770                                  st_dst_reg dst,
771                                  st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1)
772 {
773    enum glsl_base_type type = GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
774 
775    if (op == TGSI_OPCODE_MOV)
776        return op;
777 
778    assert(src0.type != GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY);
779    assert(src0.type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT);
780    assert(src1.type != GLSL_TYPE_ARRAY);
781    assert(src1.type != GLSL_TYPE_STRUCT);
782 
783    if (is_resource_instruction(op))
784       type = src1.type;
785    else if (src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64 || src1.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64)
786       type = GLSL_TYPE_INT64;
787    else if (src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64 || src1.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64)
788       type = GLSL_TYPE_UINT64;
789    else if (src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE || src1.type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE)
790       type = GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE;
791    else if (src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT || src1.type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT)
792       type = GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
793    else if (native_integers)
794       type = src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL ? GLSL_TYPE_INT : src0.type;
795 
796 #define case7(c, f, i, u, d, i64, ui64)             \
797    case TGSI_OPCODE_##c: \
798       if (type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64)           \
799          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##ui64; \
800       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64)       \
801          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##i64; \
802       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE)       \
803          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##d; \
804       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_INT)       \
805          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##i; \
806       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) \
807          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##u; \
808       else \
809          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##f; \
810       break;
811 
812 #define casecomp(c, f, i, u, d, i64, ui64)           \
813    case TGSI_OPCODE_##c: \
814       if (type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64)             \
815          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##i64; \
816       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64)        \
817          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##ui64; \
818       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE)       \
819          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##d; \
820       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_INT || type == GLSL_TYPE_SUBROUTINE)       \
821          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##i; \
822       else if (type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) \
823          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##u; \
824       else if (native_integers) \
825          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##f; \
826       else \
827          op = TGSI_OPCODE_##c; \
828       break;
829 
830    switch (op) {
831       /* Some instructions are initially selected without considering the type.
832        * This fixes the type:
833        *
834        *    INIT     FLOAT SINT     UINT     DOUBLE   SINT64   UINT64
835        */
836       case7(ADD,     ADD,  UADD,    UADD,    DADD,    U64ADD,  U64ADD);
837       case7(CEIL,    CEIL, LAST,    LAST,    DCEIL,   LAST,    LAST);
838       case7(DIV,     DIV,  IDIV,    UDIV,    DDIV,    I64DIV,  U64DIV);
839       case7(FMA,     FMA,  UMAD,    UMAD,    DFMA,    LAST,    LAST);
840       case7(FLR,     FLR,  LAST,    LAST,    DFLR,    LAST,    LAST);
841       case7(FRC,     FRC,  LAST,    LAST,    DFRAC,   LAST,    LAST);
842       case7(MUL,     MUL,  UMUL,    UMUL,    DMUL,    U64MUL,  U64MUL);
843       case7(MAD,     MAD,  UMAD,    UMAD,    DMAD,    LAST,    LAST);
844       case7(MAX,     MAX,  IMAX,    UMAX,    DMAX,    I64MAX,  U64MAX);
845       case7(MIN,     MIN,  IMIN,    UMIN,    DMIN,    I64MIN,  U64MIN);
846       case7(RCP,     RCP,  LAST,    LAST,    DRCP,    LAST,    LAST);
847       case7(ROUND,   ROUND,LAST,    LAST,    DROUND,  LAST,    LAST);
848       case7(RSQ,     RSQ,  LAST,    LAST,    DRSQ,    LAST,    LAST);
849       case7(SQRT,    SQRT, LAST,    LAST,    DSQRT,   LAST,    LAST);
850       case7(SSG,     SSG,  ISSG,    ISSG,    DSSG,    I64SSG,  I64SSG);
851       case7(TRUNC,   TRUNC,LAST,    LAST,    DTRUNC,  LAST,    LAST);
852 
853       case7(MOD,     LAST, MOD,     UMOD,    LAST,    I64MOD,  U64MOD);
854       case7(SHL,     LAST, SHL,     SHL,     LAST,    U64SHL,  U64SHL);
855       case7(IBFE,    LAST, IBFE,    UBFE,    LAST,    LAST,    LAST);
856       case7(IMSB,    LAST, IMSB,    UMSB,    LAST,    LAST,    LAST);
857       case7(IMUL_HI, LAST, IMUL_HI, UMUL_HI, LAST,    LAST,    LAST);
858       case7(ISHR,    LAST, ISHR,    USHR,    LAST,    I64SHR,  U64SHR);
859       case7(ATOMIMAX,LAST, ATOMIMAX,ATOMUMAX,LAST,    LAST,    LAST);
860       case7(ATOMIMIN,LAST, ATOMIMIN,ATOMUMIN,LAST,    LAST,    LAST);
861       case7(ATOMUADD,ATOMFADD,ATOMUADD,ATOMUADD,LAST, LAST,    LAST);
862 
863       casecomp(SEQ, FSEQ, USEQ, USEQ, DSEQ, U64SEQ, U64SEQ);
864       casecomp(SNE, FSNE, USNE, USNE, DSNE, U64SNE, U64SNE);
865       casecomp(SGE, FSGE, ISGE, USGE, DSGE, I64SGE, U64SGE);
866       casecomp(SLT, FSLT, ISLT, USLT, DSLT, I64SLT, U64SLT);
867 
868       default:
869          break;
870    }
871 
872    assert(op != TGSI_OPCODE_LAST);
873    return op;
874 }
875 
876 glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *
emit_dp(ir_instruction * ir,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src0,st_src_reg src1,unsigned elements)877 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_dp(ir_instruction *ir,
878                               st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0, st_src_reg src1,
879                               unsigned elements)
880 {
881    static const enum tgsi_opcode dot_opcodes[] = {
882       TGSI_OPCODE_DP2, TGSI_OPCODE_DP3, TGSI_OPCODE_DP4
883    };
884 
885    return emit_asm(ir, dot_opcodes[elements - 2], dst, src0, src1);
886 }
887 
888 /**
889  * Emits TGSI scalar opcodes to produce unique answers across channels.
890  *
891  * Some TGSI opcodes are scalar-only, like ARB_fp/vp.  The src X
892  * channel determines the result across all channels.  So to do a vec4
893  * of this operation, we want to emit a scalar per source channel used
894  * to produce dest channels.
895  */
896 void
emit_scalar(ir_instruction * ir,enum tgsi_opcode op,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg orig_src0,st_src_reg orig_src1)897 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
898                                   st_dst_reg dst,
899                                   st_src_reg orig_src0, st_src_reg orig_src1)
900 {
901    int i, j;
902    int done_mask = ~dst.writemask;
903 
904    /* TGSI RCP is a scalar operation splatting results to all channels,
905     * like ARB_fp/vp.  So emit as many RCPs as necessary to cover our
906     * dst channels.
907     */
908    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
909       GLuint this_mask = (1 << i);
910       st_src_reg src0 = orig_src0;
911       st_src_reg src1 = orig_src1;
912 
913       if (done_mask & this_mask)
914          continue;
915 
916       GLuint src0_swiz = GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, i);
917       GLuint src1_swiz = GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, i);
918       for (j = i + 1; j < 4; j++) {
919          /* If there is another enabled component in the destination that is
920           * derived from the same inputs, generate its value on this pass as
921           * well.
922           */
923          if (!(done_mask & (1 << j)) &&
924              GET_SWZ(src0.swizzle, j) == src0_swiz &&
925              GET_SWZ(src1.swizzle, j) == src1_swiz) {
926             this_mask |= (1 << j);
927          }
928       }
929       src0.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src0_swiz, src0_swiz,
930                                    src0_swiz, src0_swiz);
931       src1.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(src1_swiz, src1_swiz,
932                                    src1_swiz, src1_swiz);
933 
934       dst.writemask = this_mask;
935       emit_asm(ir, op, dst, src0, src1);
936       done_mask |= this_mask;
937    }
938 }
939 
940 void
emit_scalar(ir_instruction * ir,enum tgsi_opcode op,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src0)941 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_scalar(ir_instruction *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op,
942                                   st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0)
943 {
944    st_src_reg undef = undef_src;
945 
946    undef.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
947 
948    emit_scalar(ir, op, dst, src0, undef);
949 }
950 
951 void
emit_arl(ir_instruction * ir,st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src0)952 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_arl(ir_instruction *ir,
953                                st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src0)
954 {
955    enum tgsi_opcode op = TGSI_OPCODE_ARL;
956 
957    if (src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT || src0.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT) {
958       if (!this->need_uarl && src0.is_legal_tgsi_address_operand())
959          return;
960 
961       op = TGSI_OPCODE_UARL;
962    }
963 
964    assert(dst.file == PROGRAM_ADDRESS);
965    if (dst.index >= this->num_address_regs)
966       this->num_address_regs = dst.index + 1;
967 
968    emit_asm(NULL, op, dst, src0);
969 }
970 
971 int
add_constant(gl_register_file file,gl_constant_value values[8],int size,GLenum datatype,uint16_t * swizzle_out)972 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::add_constant(gl_register_file file,
973                                    gl_constant_value values[8], int size,
974                                    GLenum datatype,
975                                    uint16_t *swizzle_out)
976 {
977    if (file == PROGRAM_CONSTANT) {
978       GLuint swizzle = swizzle_out ? *swizzle_out : 0;
979       int result = _mesa_add_typed_unnamed_constant(this->prog->Parameters,
980                                                     values, size, datatype,
981                                                     &swizzle);
982       if (swizzle_out)
983          *swizzle_out = swizzle;
984       return result;
985    }
986 
987    assert(file == PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE);
988 
989    int index = 0;
990    immediate_storage *entry;
991    int size32 = size * ((datatype == GL_DOUBLE ||
992                          datatype == GL_INT64_ARB ||
993                          datatype == GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_ARB) ? 2 : 1);
994    int i;
995 
996    /* Search immediate storage to see if we already have an identical
997     * immediate that we can use instead of adding a duplicate entry.
998     */
999    foreach_in_list(immediate_storage, entry, &this->immediates) {
1000       immediate_storage *tmp = entry;
1001 
1002       for (i = 0; i * 4 < size32; i++) {
1003          int slot_size = MIN2(size32 - (i * 4), 4);
1004          if (tmp->type != datatype || tmp->size32 != slot_size)
1005             break;
1006          if (memcmp(tmp->values, &values[i * 4],
1007                     slot_size * sizeof(gl_constant_value)))
1008             break;
1009 
1010          /* Everything matches, keep going until the full size is matched */
1011          tmp = (immediate_storage *)tmp->next;
1012       }
1013 
1014       /* The full value matched */
1015       if (i * 4 >= size32)
1016          return index;
1017 
1018       index++;
1019    }
1020 
1021    for (i = 0; i * 4 < size32; i++) {
1022       int slot_size = MIN2(size32 - (i * 4), 4);
1023       /* Add this immediate to the list. */
1024       entry = new(mem_ctx) immediate_storage(&values[i * 4],
1025                                              slot_size, datatype);
1026       this->immediates.push_tail(entry);
1027       this->num_immediates++;
1028    }
1029    return index;
1030 }
1031 
1032 st_src_reg
st_src_reg_for_float(float val)1033 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::st_src_reg_for_float(float val)
1034 {
1035    st_src_reg src(PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE, -1, GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
1036    union gl_constant_value uval;
1037 
1038    uval.f = val;
1039    src.index = add_constant(src.file, &uval, 1, GL_FLOAT, &src.swizzle);
1040 
1041    return src;
1042 }
1043 
1044 st_src_reg
st_src_reg_for_double(double val)1045 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::st_src_reg_for_double(double val)
1046 {
1047    st_src_reg src(PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE, -1, GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE);
1048    union gl_constant_value uval[2];
1049 
1050    memcpy(uval, &val, sizeof(uval));
1051    src.index = add_constant(src.file, uval, 1, GL_DOUBLE, &src.swizzle);
1052    src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
1053    return src;
1054 }
1055 
1056 st_src_reg
st_src_reg_for_int(int val)1057 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::st_src_reg_for_int(int val)
1058 {
1059    st_src_reg src(PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE, -1, GLSL_TYPE_INT);
1060    union gl_constant_value uval;
1061 
1062    assert(native_integers);
1063 
1064    uval.i = val;
1065    src.index = add_constant(src.file, &uval, 1, GL_INT, &src.swizzle);
1066 
1067    return src;
1068 }
1069 
1070 st_src_reg
st_src_reg_for_int64(int64_t val)1071 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::st_src_reg_for_int64(int64_t val)
1072 {
1073    st_src_reg src(PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE, -1, GLSL_TYPE_INT64);
1074    union gl_constant_value uval[2];
1075 
1076    memcpy(uval, &val, sizeof(uval));
1077    src.index = add_constant(src.file, uval, 1, GL_DOUBLE, &src.swizzle);
1078    src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
1079 
1080    return src;
1081 }
1082 
1083 st_src_reg
st_src_reg_for_type(enum glsl_base_type type,int val)1084 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::st_src_reg_for_type(enum glsl_base_type type, int val)
1085 {
1086    if (native_integers)
1087       return type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT ? st_src_reg_for_float(val) :
1088                                        st_src_reg_for_int(val);
1089    else
1090       return st_src_reg_for_float(val);
1091 }
1092 
1093 static int
attrib_type_size(const struct glsl_type * type,bool is_vs_input)1094 attrib_type_size(const struct glsl_type *type, bool is_vs_input)
1095 {
1096    return type->count_attribute_slots(is_vs_input);
1097 }
1098 
1099 static int
type_size(const struct glsl_type * type)1100 type_size(const struct glsl_type *type)
1101 {
1102    return type->count_attribute_slots(false);
1103 }
1104 
1105 static void
add_buffer_to_load_and_stores(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction * inst,st_src_reg * buf,exec_list * instructions,ir_constant * access)1106 add_buffer_to_load_and_stores(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst, st_src_reg *buf,
1107                               exec_list *instructions, ir_constant *access)
1108 {
1109    /**
1110     * emit_asm() might have actually split the op into pieces, e.g. for
1111     * double stores. We have to go back and fix up all the generated ops.
1112     */
1113    enum tgsi_opcode op = inst->op;
1114    do {
1115       inst->resource = *buf;
1116       if (access)
1117          inst->buffer_access = access->value.u[0];
1118 
1119       if (inst == instructions->get_head_raw())
1120          break;
1121       inst = (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)inst->get_prev();
1122 
1123       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_UADD) {
1124          if (inst == instructions->get_head_raw())
1125             break;
1126          inst = (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)inst->get_prev();
1127       }
1128    } while (inst->op == op && inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
1129 }
1130 
1131 /**
1132  * If the given GLSL type is an array or matrix or a structure containing
1133  * an array/matrix member, return true.  Else return false.
1134  *
1135  * This is used to determine which kind of temp storage (PROGRAM_TEMPORARY
1136  * or PROGRAM_ARRAY) should be used for variables of this type.  Anytime
1137  * we have an array that might be indexed with a variable, we need to use
1138  * the later storage type.
1139  */
1140 static bool
type_has_array_or_matrix(const glsl_type * type)1141 type_has_array_or_matrix(const glsl_type *type)
1142 {
1143    if (type->is_array() || type->is_matrix())
1144       return true;
1145 
1146    if (type->is_struct()) {
1147       for (unsigned i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
1148          if (type_has_array_or_matrix(type->fields.structure[i].type)) {
1149             return true;
1150          }
1151       }
1152    }
1153 
1154    return false;
1155 }
1156 
1157 
1158 /**
1159  * In the initial pass of codegen, we assign temporary numbers to
1160  * intermediate results.  (not SSA -- variable assignments will reuse
1161  * storage).
1162  */
1163 st_src_reg
get_temp(const glsl_type * type)1164 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_temp(const glsl_type *type)
1165 {
1166    st_src_reg src;
1167 
1168    src.type = native_integers ? type->base_type : GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
1169    src.reladdr = NULL;
1170    src.negate = 0;
1171    src.abs = 0;
1172 
1173    if (!options->EmitNoIndirectTemp && type_has_array_or_matrix(type)) {
1174       if (next_array >= max_num_arrays) {
1175          max_num_arrays += 32;
1176          array_sizes = (unsigned*)
1177             realloc(array_sizes, sizeof(array_sizes[0]) * max_num_arrays);
1178       }
1179 
1180       src.file = PROGRAM_ARRAY;
1181       src.index = 0;
1182       src.array_id = next_array + 1;
1183       array_sizes[next_array] = type_size(type);
1184       ++next_array;
1185 
1186    } else {
1187       src.file = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
1188       src.index = next_temp;
1189       next_temp += type_size(type);
1190    }
1191 
1192    if (type->is_array() || type->is_struct()) {
1193       src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
1194    } else {
1195       src.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(type->vector_elements);
1196    }
1197 
1198    return src;
1199 }
1200 
1201 variable_storage *
find_variable_storage(ir_variable * var)1202 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::find_variable_storage(ir_variable *var)
1203 {
1204    struct hash_entry *entry;
1205 
1206    entry = _mesa_hash_table_search(this->variables, var);
1207    if (!entry)
1208       return NULL;
1209 
1210    return (variable_storage *)entry->data;
1211 }
1212 
1213 void
visit(ir_variable * ir)1214 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_variable *ir)
1215 {
1216    if (ir->data.mode == ir_var_uniform && strncmp(ir->name, "gl_", 3) == 0) {
1217       unsigned int i;
1218       const ir_state_slot *const slots = ir->get_state_slots();
1219       assert(slots != NULL);
1220 
1221       /* Check if this statevar's setup in the STATE file exactly
1222        * matches how we'll want to reference it as a
1223        * struct/array/whatever.  If not, then we need to move it into
1224        * temporary storage and hope that it'll get copy-propagated
1225        * out.
1226        */
1227       for (i = 0; i < ir->get_num_state_slots(); i++) {
1228          if (slots[i].swizzle != SWIZZLE_XYZW) {
1229             break;
1230          }
1231       }
1232 
1233       variable_storage *storage;
1234       st_dst_reg dst;
1235       if (i == ir->get_num_state_slots()) {
1236          /* We'll set the index later. */
1237          storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, -1);
1238 
1239          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, ir, storage);
1240 
1241          dst = undef_dst;
1242       } else {
1243          /* The variable_storage constructor allocates slots based on the size
1244           * of the type.  However, this had better match the number of state
1245           * elements that we're going to copy into the new temporary.
1246           */
1247          assert((int) ir->get_num_state_slots() == type_size(ir->type));
1248 
1249          dst = st_dst_reg(get_temp(ir->type));
1250 
1251          storage = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(ir, dst.file, dst.index,
1252                                                  dst.array_id);
1253 
1254          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, ir, storage);
1255       }
1256 
1257 
1258       for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ir->get_num_state_slots(); i++) {
1259          int index = _mesa_add_state_reference(this->prog->Parameters,
1260                                                slots[i].tokens);
1261 
1262          if (storage->file == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {
1263             if (storage->index == -1) {
1264                storage->index = index;
1265             } else {
1266                assert(index == storage->index + (int)i);
1267             }
1268          } else {
1269             /* We use GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT here regardless of the actual type of
1270              * the data being moved since MOV does not care about the type of
1271              * data it is moving, and we don't want to declare registers with
1272              * array or struct types.
1273              */
1274             st_src_reg src(PROGRAM_STATE_VAR, index, GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT);
1275             src.swizzle = slots[i].swizzle;
1276             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, dst, src);
1277             /* even a float takes up a whole vec4 reg in a struct/array. */
1278             dst.index++;
1279          }
1280       }
1281 
1282       if (storage->file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
1283           dst.index != storage->index + (int) ir->get_num_state_slots()) {
1284          fail_link(this->shader_program,
1285                   "failed to load builtin uniform `%s'  (%d/%d regs loaded)\n",
1286                   ir->name, dst.index - storage->index,
1287                   type_size(ir->type));
1288       }
1289    }
1290 }
1291 
1292 void
visit(ir_loop * ir)1293 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_loop *ir)
1294 {
1295    emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP);
1296 
1297    visit_exec_list(&ir->body_instructions, this);
1298 
1299    emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP);
1300 }
1301 
1302 void
visit(ir_loop_jump * ir)1303 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_loop_jump *ir)
1304 {
1305    switch (ir->mode) {
1306    case ir_loop_jump::jump_break:
1307       emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_BRK);
1308       break;
1309    case ir_loop_jump::jump_continue:
1310       emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_CONT);
1311       break;
1312    }
1313 }
1314 
1315 
1316 void
visit(ir_function_signature * ir)1317 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_function_signature *ir)
1318 {
1319    assert(0);
1320    (void)ir;
1321 }
1322 
1323 void
visit(ir_function * ir)1324 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_function *ir)
1325 {
1326    /* Ignore function bodies other than main() -- we shouldn't see calls to
1327     * them since they should all be inlined before we get to glsl_to_tgsi.
1328     */
1329    if (strcmp(ir->name, "main") == 0) {
1330       const ir_function_signature *sig;
1331       exec_list empty;
1332 
1333       sig = ir->matching_signature(NULL, &empty, false);
1334 
1335       assert(sig);
1336 
1337       foreach_in_list(ir_instruction, ir, &sig->body) {
1338          ir->accept(this);
1339       }
1340    }
1341 }
1342 
1343 bool
try_emit_mad(ir_expression * ir,int mul_operand)1344 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::try_emit_mad(ir_expression *ir, int mul_operand)
1345 {
1346    int nonmul_operand = 1 - mul_operand;
1347    st_src_reg a, b, c;
1348    st_dst_reg result_dst;
1349 
1350    // there is no TGSI opcode for this
1351    if (ir->type->is_integer_64())
1352       return false;
1353 
1354    ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[mul_operand]->as_expression();
1355    if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_binop_mul)
1356       return false;
1357 
1358    expr->operands[0]->accept(this);
1359    a = this->result;
1360    expr->operands[1]->accept(this);
1361    b = this->result;
1362    ir->operands[nonmul_operand]->accept(this);
1363    c = this->result;
1364 
1365    this->result = get_temp(ir->type);
1366    result_dst = st_dst_reg(this->result);
1367    result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;
1368    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MAD, result_dst, a, b, c);
1369 
1370    return true;
1371 }
1372 
1373 /**
1374  * Emit MAD(a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))
1375  *
1376  * The logic values are 1.0 for true and 0.0 for false.  Logical-and is
1377  * implemented using multiplication, and logical-or is implemented using
1378  * addition.  Logical-not can be implemented as (true - x), or (1.0 - x).
1379  * As result, the logical expression (a & !b) can be rewritten as:
1380  *
1381  *     - a * !b
1382  *     - a * (1 - b)
1383  *     - (a * 1) - (a * b)
1384  *     - a + -(a * b)
1385  *     - a + (a * -b)
1386  *
1387  * This final expression can be implemented as a single MAD(a, -b, a)
1388  * instruction.
1389  */
1390 bool
try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression * ir,int try_operand)1391 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir_expression *ir,
1392                                                int try_operand)
1393 {
1394    const int other_operand = 1 - try_operand;
1395    st_src_reg a, b;
1396 
1397    ir_expression *expr = ir->operands[try_operand]->as_expression();
1398    if (!expr || expr->operation != ir_unop_logic_not)
1399       return false;
1400 
1401    ir->operands[other_operand]->accept(this);
1402    a = this->result;
1403    expr->operands[0]->accept(this);
1404    b = this->result;
1405 
1406    b.negate = ~b.negate;
1407 
1408    this->result = get_temp(ir->type);
1409    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MAD, st_dst_reg(this->result), a, b, a);
1410 
1411    return true;
1412 }
1413 
1414 void
reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction * ir,st_src_reg * reg,int * num_reladdr)1415 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::reladdr_to_temp(ir_instruction *ir,
1416                                       st_src_reg *reg, int *num_reladdr)
1417 {
1418    if (!reg->reladdr && !reg->reladdr2)
1419       return;
1420 
1421    if (reg->reladdr)
1422       emit_arl(ir, address_reg, *reg->reladdr);
1423    if (reg->reladdr2)
1424       emit_arl(ir, address_reg2, *reg->reladdr2);
1425 
1426    if (*num_reladdr != 1) {
1427       st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::get_instance(reg->type, 4, 1));
1428 
1429       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, st_dst_reg(temp), *reg);
1430       *reg = temp;
1431    }
1432 
1433    (*num_reladdr)--;
1434 }
1435 
1436 void
visit(ir_expression * ir)1437 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_expression *ir)
1438 {
1439    st_src_reg op[ARRAY_SIZE(ir->operands)];
1440 
1441    /* Quick peephole: Emit MAD(a, b, c) instead of ADD(MUL(a, b), c)
1442     */
1443    if (!this->precise && ir->operation == ir_binop_add) {
1444       if (try_emit_mad(ir, 1))
1445          return;
1446       if (try_emit_mad(ir, 0))
1447          return;
1448    }
1449 
1450    /* Quick peephole: Emit OPCODE_MAD(-a, -b, a) instead of AND(a, NOT(b))
1451     */
1452    if (!native_integers && ir->operation == ir_binop_logic_and) {
1453       if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 1))
1454          return;
1455       if (try_emit_mad_for_and_not(ir, 0))
1456          return;
1457    }
1458 
1459    if (ir->operation == ir_quadop_vector)
1460       assert(!"ir_quadop_vector should have been lowered");
1461 
1462    for (unsigned int operand = 0; operand < ir->num_operands; operand++) {
1463       this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
1464       ir->operands[operand]->accept(this);
1465       if (this->result.file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
1466          printf("Failed to get tree for expression operand:\n");
1467          ir->operands[operand]->print();
1468          printf("\n");
1469          exit(1);
1470       }
1471       op[operand] = this->result;
1472 
1473       /* Matrix expression operands should have been broken down to vector
1474        * operations already.
1475        */
1476       assert(!ir->operands[operand]->type->is_matrix());
1477    }
1478 
1479    visit_expression(ir, op);
1480 }
1481 
1482 /* The non-recursive part of the expression visitor lives in a separate
1483  * function and should be prevented from being inlined, to avoid a stack
1484  * explosion when deeply nested expressions are visited.
1485  */
1486 void
visit_expression(ir_expression * ir,st_src_reg * op)1487 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_expression(ir_expression* ir, st_src_reg *op)
1488 {
1489    st_src_reg result_src;
1490    st_dst_reg result_dst;
1491 
1492    int vector_elements = ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements;
1493    if (ir->operands[1] &&
1494        ir->operation != ir_binop_interpolate_at_offset &&
1495        ir->operation != ir_binop_interpolate_at_sample) {
1496       st_src_reg *swz_op = NULL;
1497       if (vector_elements > ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements) {
1498          assert(ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements == 1);
1499          swz_op = &op[1];
1500       } else if (vector_elements < ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements) {
1501          assert(ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements == 1);
1502          swz_op = &op[0];
1503       }
1504       if (swz_op) {
1505          uint16_t swizzle_x = GET_SWZ(swz_op->swizzle, 0);
1506          swz_op->swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzle_x, swizzle_x,
1507                                          swizzle_x, swizzle_x);
1508       }
1509       vector_elements = MAX2(vector_elements,
1510                              ir->operands[1]->type->vector_elements);
1511    }
1512    if (ir->operands[2] &&
1513        ir->operands[2]->type->vector_elements != vector_elements) {
1514       /* This can happen with ir_triop_lrp, i.e. glsl mix */
1515       assert(ir->operands[2]->type->vector_elements == 1);
1516       uint16_t swizzle_x = GET_SWZ(op[2].swizzle, 0);
1517       op[2].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzle_x, swizzle_x,
1518                                     swizzle_x, swizzle_x);
1519    }
1520 
1521    this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
1522 
1523    /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using
1524     * the actual storage for the result here, instead.
1525     */
1526    result_src = get_temp(ir->type);
1527    /* convenience for the emit functions below. */
1528    result_dst = st_dst_reg(result_src);
1529    /* Limit writes to the channels that will be used by result_src later.
1530     * This does limit this temp's use as a temporary for multi-instruction
1531     * sequences.
1532     */
1533    result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;
1534 
1535    switch (ir->operation) {
1536    case ir_unop_logic_not:
1537       if (result_dst.type != GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT)
1538          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_NOT, result_dst, op[0]);
1539       else {
1540          /* Previously 'SEQ dst, src, 0.0' was used for this.  However, many
1541           * older GPUs implement SEQ using multiple instructions (i915 uses two
1542           * SGE instructions and a MUL instruction).  Since our logic values are
1543           * 0.0 and 1.0, 1-x also implements !x.
1544           */
1545          op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
1546          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0],
1547                   st_src_reg_for_float(1.0));
1548       }
1549       break;
1550    case ir_unop_neg:
1551       if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64 ||
1552           result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64)
1553          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I64NEG, result_dst, op[0]);
1554       else if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT ||
1555                result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT)
1556          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_INEG, result_dst, op[0]);
1557       else if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE)
1558          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DNEG, result_dst, op[0]);
1559       else {
1560          op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
1561          result_src = op[0];
1562       }
1563       break;
1564    case ir_unop_subroutine_to_int:
1565       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, op[0]);
1566       break;
1567    case ir_unop_abs:
1568       if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT)
1569          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, op[0].get_abs());
1570       else if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE)
1571          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DABS, result_dst, op[0]);
1572       else if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_INT64 ||
1573                result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT64)
1574          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I64ABS, result_dst, op[0]);
1575       else
1576          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_IABS, result_dst, op[0]);
1577       break;
1578    case ir_unop_sign:
1579       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SSG, result_dst, op[0]);
1580       break;
1581    case ir_unop_rcp:
1582       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RCP, result_dst, op[0]);
1583       break;
1584 
1585    case ir_unop_exp2:
1586       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_EX2, result_dst, op[0]);
1587       break;
1588    case ir_unop_exp:
1589       assert(!"not reached: should be handled by exp_to_exp2");
1590       break;
1591    case ir_unop_log:
1592       assert(!"not reached: should be handled by log_to_log2");
1593       break;
1594    case ir_unop_log2:
1595       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LG2, result_dst, op[0]);
1596       break;
1597    case ir_unop_sin:
1598       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SIN, result_dst, op[0]);
1599       break;
1600    case ir_unop_cos:
1601       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_COS, result_dst, op[0]);
1602       break;
1603    case ir_unop_saturate: {
1604       glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst;
1605       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, op[0]);
1606       inst->saturate = true;
1607       break;
1608    }
1609 
1610    case ir_unop_dFdx:
1611    case ir_unop_dFdx_coarse:
1612       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DDX, result_dst, op[0]);
1613       break;
1614    case ir_unop_dFdx_fine:
1615       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DDX_FINE, result_dst, op[0]);
1616       break;
1617    case ir_unop_dFdy:
1618    case ir_unop_dFdy_coarse:
1619    case ir_unop_dFdy_fine:
1620    {
1621       /* The X component contains 1 or -1 depending on whether the framebuffer
1622        * is a FBO or the window system buffer, respectively.
1623        * It is then multiplied with the source operand of DDY.
1624        */
1625       static const gl_state_index16 transform_y_state[STATE_LENGTH]
1626          = { STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM };
1627 
1628       unsigned transform_y_index =
1629          _mesa_add_state_reference(this->prog->Parameters,
1630                                    transform_y_state);
1631 
1632       st_src_reg transform_y = st_src_reg(PROGRAM_STATE_VAR,
1633                                           transform_y_index,
1634                                           glsl_type::vec4_type);
1635       transform_y.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
1636 
1637       st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
1638 
1639       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, st_dst_reg(temp), transform_y, op[0]);
1640       emit_asm(ir, ir->operation == ir_unop_dFdy_fine ?
1641            TGSI_OPCODE_DDY_FINE : TGSI_OPCODE_DDY, result_dst, temp);
1642       break;
1643    }
1644 
1645    case ir_unop_frexp_sig:
1646       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DFRACEXP, result_dst, undef_dst, op[0]);
1647       break;
1648 
1649    case ir_unop_frexp_exp:
1650       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DFRACEXP, undef_dst, result_dst, op[0]);
1651       break;
1652 
1653    case ir_binop_add:
1654       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1655       break;
1656    case ir_binop_sub:
1657       op[1].negate = ~op[1].negate;
1658       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1659       break;
1660 
1661    case ir_binop_mul:
1662       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1663       break;
1664    case ir_binop_div:
1665       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DIV, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1666       break;
1667    case ir_binop_mod:
1668       if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT)
1669          assert(!"ir_binop_mod should have been converted to b * fract(a/b)");
1670       else
1671          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1672       break;
1673 
1674    case ir_binop_less:
1675       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1676       break;
1677    case ir_binop_gequal:
1678       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1679       break;
1680    case ir_binop_equal:
1681       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1682       break;
1683    case ir_binop_nequal:
1684       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1685       break;
1686    case ir_binop_all_equal:
1687       /* "==" operator producing a scalar boolean. */
1688       if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||
1689           ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
1690          st_src_reg temp = get_temp(native_integers ?
1691                                     glsl_type::uvec4_type :
1692                                     glsl_type::vec4_type);
1693 
1694          if (native_integers) {
1695             st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
1696             st_src_reg temp1 = st_src_reg(temp), temp2 = st_src_reg(temp);
1697 
1698             if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_boolean() &&
1699                 ir->operands[1]->as_constant() &&
1700                 ir->operands[1]->as_constant()->is_one()) {
1701                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, st_dst_reg(temp), op[0]);
1702             } else {
1703                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SEQ, st_dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);
1704             }
1705 
1706             /* Emit 1-3 AND operations to combine the SEQ results. */
1707             switch (ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements) {
1708             case 2:
1709                break;
1710             case 3:
1711                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
1712                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1713                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
1714                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1715                break;
1716             case 4:
1717                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
1718                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
1719                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1720                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1721                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
1722                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
1723                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
1724                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1725             }
1726 
1727             temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
1728             temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1729             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, result_dst, temp1, temp2);
1730          } else {
1731             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, st_dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);
1732 
1733             /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the
1734              * range [0,4].  Zero becomes 1.0, and positive values become zero.
1735              */
1736             emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);
1737 
1738             /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the range
1739              * [-4, 0].  Zero becomes 1.0, and negative values become zero.
1740              * This is achieved using SGE.
1741              */
1742             st_src_reg sge_src = result_src;
1743             sge_src.negate = ~sge_src.negate;
1744             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SGE, result_dst, sge_src,
1745                      st_src_reg_for_float(0.0));
1746          }
1747       } else {
1748          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SEQ, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1749       }
1750       break;
1751    case ir_binop_any_nequal:
1752       /* "!=" operator producing a scalar boolean. */
1753       if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector() ||
1754           ir->operands[1]->type->is_vector()) {
1755          st_src_reg temp = get_temp(native_integers ?
1756                                     glsl_type::uvec4_type :
1757                                     glsl_type::vec4_type);
1758          if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_boolean() &&
1759              ir->operands[1]->as_constant() &&
1760              ir->operands[1]->as_constant()->is_zero()) {
1761             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, st_dst_reg(temp), op[0]);
1762          } else {
1763             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, st_dst_reg(temp), op[0], op[1]);
1764          }
1765 
1766          if (native_integers) {
1767             st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
1768             st_src_reg temp1 = st_src_reg(temp), temp2 = st_src_reg(temp);
1769 
1770             /* Emit 1-3 OR operations to combine the SNE results. */
1771             switch (ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements) {
1772             case 2:
1773                break;
1774             case 3:
1775                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
1776                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1777                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
1778                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1779                break;
1780             case 4:
1781                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
1782                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
1783                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1784                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1785                temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
1786                temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
1787                temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
1788                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, temp_dst, temp1, temp2);
1789             }
1790 
1791             temp1.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
1792             temp2.swizzle = SWIZZLE_YYYY;
1793             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, result_dst, temp1, temp2);
1794          } else {
1795             /* After the dot-product, the value will be an integer on the
1796              * range [0,4].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.
1797              */
1798             glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *const dp =
1799                   emit_dp(ir, result_dst, temp, temp, vector_elements);
1800             if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
1801                /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment
1802                 * shader with a saturate.
1803                 */
1804                dp->saturate = true;
1805             } else {
1806                /* Negating the result of the dot-product gives values on the
1807                 * range [-4, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become
1808                 * 1.0.  This achieved using SLT.
1809                 */
1810                st_src_reg slt_src = result_src;
1811                slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;
1812                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src,
1813                         st_src_reg_for_float(0.0));
1814             }
1815          }
1816       } else {
1817          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1818       }
1819       break;
1820 
1821    case ir_binop_logic_xor:
1822       if (native_integers)
1823          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_XOR, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1824       else
1825          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1826       break;
1827 
1828    case ir_binop_logic_or: {
1829       if (native_integers) {
1830          /* If integers are used as booleans, we can use an actual "or"
1831           * instruction.
1832           */
1833          assert(native_integers);
1834          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1835       } else {
1836          /* After the addition, the value will be an integer on the
1837           * range [0,2].  Zero stays zero, and positive values become 1.0.
1838           */
1839          glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *add =
1840             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1841          if (this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB) {
1842             /* The clamping to [0,1] can be done for free in the fragment
1843              * shader with a saturate if floats are being used as boolean
1844              * values.
1845              */
1846             add->saturate = true;
1847          } else {
1848             /* Negating the result of the addition gives values on the range
1849              * [-2, 0].  Zero stays zero, and negative values become 1.0
1850              * This is achieved using SLT.
1851              */
1852             st_src_reg slt_src = result_src;
1853             slt_src.negate = ~slt_src.negate;
1854             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SLT, result_dst, slt_src,
1855                      st_src_reg_for_float(0.0));
1856          }
1857       }
1858       break;
1859    }
1860 
1861    case ir_binop_logic_and:
1862       /* If native integers are disabled, the bool args are stored as float 0.0
1863        * or 1.0, so "mul" gives us "and".  If they're enabled, just use the
1864        * actual AND opcode.
1865        */
1866       if (native_integers)
1867          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1868       else
1869          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
1870       break;
1871 
1872    case ir_binop_dot:
1873       assert(ir->operands[0]->type->is_vector());
1874       assert(ir->operands[0]->type == ir->operands[1]->type);
1875       emit_dp(ir, result_dst, op[0], op[1],
1876               ir->operands[0]->type->vector_elements);
1877       break;
1878 
1879    case ir_unop_sqrt:
1880       if (have_sqrt) {
1881          emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SQRT, result_dst, op[0]);
1882       } else {
1883          /* This is the only instruction sequence that makes the game "Risen"
1884           * render correctly. ABS is not required for the game, but since GLSL
1885           * declares negative values as "undefined", allowing us to do whatever
1886           * we want, I choose to use ABS to match DX9 and pre-GLSL RSQ
1887           * behavior.
1888           */
1889          emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0].get_abs());
1890          emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RCP, result_dst, result_src);
1891       }
1892       break;
1893    case ir_unop_rsq:
1894       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RSQ, result_dst, op[0]);
1895       break;
1896    case ir_unop_i2f:
1897       if (native_integers) {
1898          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I2F, result_dst, op[0]);
1899          break;
1900       }
1901       FALLTHROUGH;
1902    case ir_unop_b2f:
1903       if (native_integers) {
1904          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, result_dst, op[0],
1905                   st_src_reg_for_float(1.0));
1906          break;
1907       }
1908       FALLTHROUGH;
1909    case ir_unop_i2u:
1910    case ir_unop_u2i:
1911    case ir_unop_i642u64:
1912    case ir_unop_u642i64:
1913       /* Converting between signed and unsigned integers is a no-op. */
1914       result_src = op[0];
1915       result_src.type = result_dst.type;
1916       break;
1917    case ir_unop_b2i:
1918       if (native_integers) {
1919          /* Booleans are stored as integers using ~0 for true and 0 for false.
1920           * GLSL requires that int(bool) return 1 for true and 0 for false.
1921           * This conversion is done with AND, but it could be done with NEG.
1922           */
1923          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, result_dst, op[0],
1924                   st_src_reg_for_int(1));
1925       } else {
1926          /* Booleans and integers are both stored as floats when native
1927           * integers are disabled.
1928           */
1929          result_src = op[0];
1930       }
1931       break;
1932    case ir_unop_f2i:
1933       if (native_integers)
1934          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_F2I, result_dst, op[0]);
1935       else
1936          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);
1937       break;
1938    case ir_unop_f2u:
1939       if (native_integers)
1940          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_F2U, result_dst, op[0]);
1941       else
1942          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);
1943       break;
1944    case ir_unop_bitcast_f2i:
1945    case ir_unop_bitcast_f2u:
1946       /* Make sure we don't propagate the negate modifier to integer opcodes. */
1947       if (op[0].negate || op[0].abs)
1948          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, op[0]);
1949       else
1950          result_src = op[0];
1951       result_src.type = ir->operation == ir_unop_bitcast_f2i ? GLSL_TYPE_INT :
1952                                                                GLSL_TYPE_UINT;
1953       break;
1954    case ir_unop_bitcast_i2f:
1955    case ir_unop_bitcast_u2f:
1956       result_src = op[0];
1957       result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
1958       break;
1959    case ir_unop_f2b:
1960       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0],
1961                st_src_reg_for_float(0.0));
1962       break;
1963    case ir_unop_d2b:
1964       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0],
1965                st_src_reg_for_double(0.0));
1966       break;
1967    case ir_unop_i2b:
1968       if (native_integers)
1969          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_USNE, result_dst, op[0],
1970                   st_src_reg_for_int(0));
1971       else
1972          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_SNE, result_dst, op[0],
1973                   st_src_reg_for_float(0.0));
1974       break;
1975    case ir_unop_bitcast_u642d:
1976    case ir_unop_bitcast_i642d:
1977       result_src = op[0];
1978       result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE;
1979       break;
1980    case ir_unop_bitcast_d2i64:
1981       result_src = op[0];
1982       result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_INT64;
1983       break;
1984    case ir_unop_bitcast_d2u64:
1985       result_src = op[0];
1986       result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_UINT64;
1987       break;
1988    case ir_unop_trunc:
1989       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_TRUNC, result_dst, op[0]);
1990       break;
1991    case ir_unop_ceil:
1992       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_CEIL, result_dst, op[0]);
1993       break;
1994    case ir_unop_floor:
1995       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_FLR, result_dst, op[0]);
1996       break;
1997    case ir_unop_round_even:
1998       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ROUND, result_dst, op[0]);
1999       break;
2000    case ir_unop_fract:
2001       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_FRC, result_dst, op[0]);
2002       break;
2003 
2004    case ir_binop_min:
2005       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MIN, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2006       break;
2007    case ir_binop_max:
2008       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MAX, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2009       break;
2010    case ir_binop_pow:
2011       emit_scalar(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_POW, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2012       break;
2013 
2014    case ir_unop_bit_not:
2015       if (native_integers) {
2016          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_NOT, result_dst, op[0]);
2017          break;
2018       }
2019       FALLTHROUGH;
2020    case ir_unop_u2f:
2021       if (native_integers) {
2022          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U2F, result_dst, op[0]);
2023          break;
2024       }
2025       FALLTHROUGH;
2026    case ir_binop_lshift:
2027    case ir_binop_rshift:
2028       if (native_integers) {
2029          enum tgsi_opcode opcode = ir->operation == ir_binop_lshift
2030             ? TGSI_OPCODE_SHL : TGSI_OPCODE_ISHR;
2031          st_src_reg count;
2032 
2033          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(op[0].type)) {
2034             /* GLSL shift operations have 32-bit shift counts, but TGSI uses
2035              * 64 bits.
2036              */
2037             count = get_temp(glsl_type::u64vec(ir->operands[1]
2038                                                ->type->components()));
2039             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U2I64, st_dst_reg(count), op[1]);
2040          } else {
2041             count = op[1];
2042          }
2043 
2044          emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, op[0], count);
2045          break;
2046       }
2047       FALLTHROUGH;
2048    case ir_binop_bit_and:
2049       if (native_integers) {
2050          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2051          break;
2052       }
2053       FALLTHROUGH;
2054    case ir_binop_bit_xor:
2055       if (native_integers) {
2056          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_XOR, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2057          break;
2058       }
2059       FALLTHROUGH;
2060    case ir_binop_bit_or:
2061       if (native_integers) {
2062          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_OR, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2063          break;
2064       }
2065 
2066       assert(!"GLSL 1.30 features unsupported");
2067       break;
2068 
2069    case ir_binop_ubo_load: {
2070       if (ctx->Const.UseSTD430AsDefaultPacking) {
2071          ir_rvalue *block = ir->operands[0];
2072          ir_rvalue *offset = ir->operands[1];
2073          ir_constant *const_block = block->as_constant();
2074 
2075          st_src_reg cbuf(PROGRAM_CONSTANT,
2076             (const_block ? const_block->value.u[0] + 1 : 1),
2077             ir->type->base_type);
2078 
2079          cbuf.has_index2 = true;
2080 
2081          if (!const_block) {
2082             block->accept(this);
2083             cbuf.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2084             *cbuf.reladdr = this->result;
2085             emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, this->result);
2086          }
2087 
2088          /* Calculate the surface offset */
2089          offset->accept(this);
2090          st_src_reg off = this->result;
2091 
2092          glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst =
2093             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD, result_dst, off);
2094 
2095          if (result_dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL)
2096             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_USNE, result_dst, st_src_reg(result_dst),
2097                      st_src_reg_for_int(0));
2098 
2099          add_buffer_to_load_and_stores(inst, &cbuf, &this->instructions,
2100                                        NULL);
2101       } else {
2102          ir_constant *const_uniform_block = ir->operands[0]->as_constant();
2103          ir_constant *const_offset_ir = ir->operands[1]->as_constant();
2104          unsigned const_offset = const_offset_ir ?
2105             const_offset_ir->value.u[0] : 0;
2106          unsigned const_block = const_uniform_block ?
2107             const_uniform_block->value.u[0] + 1 : 1;
2108          st_src_reg index_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::uint_type);
2109          st_src_reg cbuf;
2110 
2111          cbuf.type = ir->type->base_type;
2112          cbuf.file = PROGRAM_CONSTANT;
2113          cbuf.index = 0;
2114          cbuf.reladdr = NULL;
2115          cbuf.negate = 0;
2116          cbuf.abs = 0;
2117          cbuf.index2D = const_block;
2118 
2119          assert(ir->type->is_vector() || ir->type->is_scalar());
2120 
2121          if (const_offset_ir) {
2122             /* Constant index into constant buffer */
2123             cbuf.reladdr = NULL;
2124             cbuf.index = const_offset / 16;
2125          } else {
2126             ir_expression *offset_expr = ir->operands[1]->as_expression();
2127             st_src_reg offset = op[1];
2128 
2129             /* The OpenGL spec is written in such a way that accesses with
2130              * non-constant offset are almost always vec4-aligned. The only
2131              * exception to this are members of structs in arrays of structs:
2132              * each struct in an array of structs is at least vec4-aligned,
2133              * but single-element and [ui]vec2 members of the struct may be at
2134              * an offset that is not a multiple of 16 bytes.
2135              *
2136              * Here, we extract that offset, relying on previous passes to
2137              * always generate offset expressions of the form
2138              * (+ expr constant_offset).
2139              *
2140              * Note that the std430 layout, which allows more cases of
2141              * alignment less than vec4 in arrays, is not supported for
2142              * uniform blocks, so we do not have to deal with it here.
2143              */
2144             if (offset_expr && offset_expr->operation == ir_binop_add) {
2145                const_offset_ir = offset_expr->operands[1]->as_constant();
2146                if (const_offset_ir) {
2147                   const_offset = const_offset_ir->value.u[0];
2148                   cbuf.index = const_offset / 16;
2149                   offset_expr->operands[0]->accept(this);
2150                   offset = this->result;
2151                }
2152             }
2153 
2154             /* Relative/variable index into constant buffer */
2155             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_USHR, st_dst_reg(index_reg), offset,
2156                  st_src_reg_for_int(4));
2157             cbuf.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2158             *cbuf.reladdr = index_reg;
2159          }
2160 
2161          if (const_uniform_block) {
2162             /* Constant constant buffer */
2163             cbuf.reladdr2 = NULL;
2164          } else {
2165             /* Relative/variable constant buffer */
2166             cbuf.reladdr2 = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2167             *cbuf.reladdr2 = op[0];
2168          }
2169          cbuf.has_index2 = true;
2170 
2171          cbuf.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);
2172          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(cbuf.type))
2173             cbuf.swizzle += MAKE_SWIZZLE4(const_offset % 16 / 8,
2174                                           const_offset % 16 / 8,
2175                                           const_offset % 16 / 8,
2176                                           const_offset % 16 / 8);
2177          else
2178             cbuf.swizzle += MAKE_SWIZZLE4(const_offset % 16 / 4,
2179                                           const_offset % 16 / 4,
2180                                           const_offset % 16 / 4,
2181                                           const_offset % 16 / 4);
2182 
2183          if (ir->type->is_boolean()) {
2184             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_USNE, result_dst, cbuf,
2185                      st_src_reg_for_int(0));
2186          } else {
2187             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, cbuf);
2188          }
2189       }
2190       break;
2191    }
2192    case ir_triop_lrp:
2193       /* note: we have to reorder the three args here */
2194       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LRP, result_dst, op[2], op[1], op[0]);
2195       break;
2196    case ir_triop_csel:
2197       if (this->ctx->Const.NativeIntegers)
2198          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_UCMP, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
2199       else {
2200          op[0].negate = ~op[0].negate;
2201          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_CMP, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
2202       }
2203       break;
2204    case ir_triop_bitfield_extract:
2205       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_IBFE, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
2206       break;
2207    case ir_quadop_bitfield_insert:
2208       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_BFI, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
2209       break;
2210    case ir_unop_bitfield_reverse:
2211       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_BREV, result_dst, op[0]);
2212       break;
2213    case ir_unop_bit_count:
2214       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_POPC, result_dst, op[0]);
2215       break;
2216    case ir_unop_find_msb:
2217       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_IMSB, result_dst, op[0]);
2218       break;
2219    case ir_unop_find_lsb:
2220       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LSB, result_dst, op[0]);
2221       break;
2222    case ir_binop_imul_high:
2223       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_IMUL_HI, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2224       break;
2225    case ir_triop_fma:
2226       /* In theory, MAD is incorrect here. */
2227       if (have_fma)
2228          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_FMA, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
2229       else
2230          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MAD, result_dst, op[0], op[1], op[2]);
2231       break;
2232    case ir_unop_interpolate_at_centroid:
2233       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_INTERP_CENTROID, result_dst, op[0]);
2234       break;
2235    case ir_binop_interpolate_at_offset: {
2236       /* The y coordinate needs to be flipped for the default fb */
2237       static const gl_state_index16 transform_y_state[STATE_LENGTH]
2238          = { STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM };
2239 
2240       unsigned transform_y_index =
2241          _mesa_add_state_reference(this->prog->Parameters,
2242                                    transform_y_state);
2243 
2244       st_src_reg transform_y = st_src_reg(PROGRAM_STATE_VAR,
2245                                           transform_y_index,
2246                                           glsl_type::vec4_type);
2247       transform_y.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
2248 
2249       st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec2_type);
2250       st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
2251 
2252       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, op[1]);
2253       temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
2254       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, temp_dst, transform_y, op[1]);
2255       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_INTERP_OFFSET, result_dst, op[0], temp);
2256       break;
2257    }
2258    case ir_binop_interpolate_at_sample:
2259       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_INTERP_SAMPLE, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2260       break;
2261 
2262    case ir_unop_d2f:
2263       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_D2F, result_dst, op[0]);
2264       break;
2265    case ir_unop_f2d:
2266       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_F2D, result_dst, op[0]);
2267       break;
2268    case ir_unop_d2i:
2269       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_D2I, result_dst, op[0]);
2270       break;
2271    case ir_unop_i2d:
2272       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I2D, result_dst, op[0]);
2273       break;
2274    case ir_unop_d2u:
2275       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_D2U, result_dst, op[0]);
2276       break;
2277    case ir_unop_u2d:
2278       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U2D, result_dst, op[0]);
2279       break;
2280    case ir_unop_unpack_double_2x32:
2281    case ir_unop_pack_double_2x32:
2282    case ir_unop_unpack_int_2x32:
2283    case ir_unop_pack_int_2x32:
2284    case ir_unop_unpack_uint_2x32:
2285    case ir_unop_pack_uint_2x32:
2286    case ir_unop_unpack_sampler_2x32:
2287    case ir_unop_pack_sampler_2x32:
2288    case ir_unop_unpack_image_2x32:
2289    case ir_unop_pack_image_2x32:
2290       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, op[0]);
2291       break;
2292 
2293    case ir_binop_ldexp:
2294       if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_double()) {
2295          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DLDEXP, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2296       } else if (ir->operands[0]->type->is_float()) {
2297          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LDEXP, result_dst, op[0], op[1]);
2298       } else {
2299          assert(!"Invalid ldexp for non-double opcode in glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit()");
2300       }
2301       break;
2302 
2303    case ir_unop_pack_half_2x16:
2304       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_PK2H, result_dst, op[0]);
2305       break;
2306    case ir_unop_unpack_half_2x16:
2307       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_UP2H, result_dst, op[0]);
2308       break;
2309 
2310    case ir_unop_get_buffer_size: {
2311       ir_constant *const_offset = ir->operands[0]->as_constant();
2312       st_src_reg buffer(
2313             PROGRAM_BUFFER,
2314             const_offset ? const_offset->value.u[0] : 0,
2315             GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
2316       if (!const_offset) {
2317          buffer.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2318          *buffer.reladdr = op[0];
2319          emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, op[0]);
2320       }
2321       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RESQ, result_dst)->resource = buffer;
2322       break;
2323    }
2324 
2325    case ir_unop_u2i64:
2326    case ir_unop_u2u64:
2327    case ir_unop_b2i64: {
2328       st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::uvec4_type);
2329       st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
2330       unsigned orig_swz = op[0].swizzle;
2331       /*
2332        * To convert unsigned to 64-bit:
2333        * zero Y channel, copy X channel.
2334        */
2335       temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
2336       if (vector_elements > 1)
2337          temp_dst.writemask |= WRITEMASK_W;
2338       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, st_src_reg_for_int(0));
2339       temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
2340       if (vector_elements > 1)
2341           temp_dst.writemask |= WRITEMASK_Z;
2342       op[0].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 0), GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 0),
2343                                     GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 1), GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 1));
2344       if (ir->operation == ir_unop_u2i64 || ir->operation == ir_unop_u2u64)
2345          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, op[0]);
2346       else
2347          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, temp_dst, op[0], st_src_reg_for_int(1));
2348       result_src = temp;
2349       result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_UINT64;
2350       if (vector_elements > 2) {
2351          /* Subtle: We rely on the fact that get_temp here returns the next
2352           * TGSI temporary register directly after the temp register used for
2353           * the first two components, so that the result gets picked up
2354           * automatically.
2355           */
2356          st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::uvec4_type);
2357          st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
2358          temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
2359          if (vector_elements > 3)
2360             temp_dst.writemask |= WRITEMASK_W;
2361          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, st_src_reg_for_int(0));
2362 
2363          temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
2364          if (vector_elements > 3)
2365             temp_dst.writemask |= WRITEMASK_Z;
2366          op[0].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 2),
2367                                        GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 2),
2368                                        GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 3),
2369                                        GET_SWZ(orig_swz, 3));
2370          if (ir->operation == ir_unop_u2i64 || ir->operation == ir_unop_u2u64)
2371             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, op[0]);
2372          else
2373             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, temp_dst, op[0],
2374                      st_src_reg_for_int(1));
2375       }
2376       break;
2377    }
2378    case ir_unop_i642i:
2379    case ir_unop_u642i:
2380    case ir_unop_u642u:
2381    case ir_unop_i642u: {
2382       st_src_reg temp = get_temp(glsl_type::uvec4_type);
2383       st_dst_reg temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp);
2384       unsigned orig_swz = op[0].swizzle;
2385       unsigned orig_idx = op[0].index;
2386       int el;
2387       temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
2388 
2389       for (el = 0; el < vector_elements; el++) {
2390          unsigned swz = GET_SWZ(orig_swz, el);
2391          if (swz & 1)
2392             op[0].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z,
2393                                           SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z);
2394          else
2395             op[0].swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X,
2396                                           SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X);
2397          if (swz > 2)
2398             op[0].index = orig_idx + 1;
2399          op[0].type = GLSL_TYPE_UINT;
2400          temp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X << el;
2401          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, op[0]);
2402       }
2403       result_src = temp;
2404       if (ir->operation == ir_unop_u642u || ir->operation == ir_unop_i642u)
2405          result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_UINT;
2406       else
2407          result_src.type = GLSL_TYPE_INT;
2408       break;
2409    }
2410    case ir_unop_i642b:
2411       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U64SNE, result_dst, op[0],
2412                st_src_reg_for_int64(0));
2413       break;
2414    case ir_unop_i642f:
2415       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I642F, result_dst, op[0]);
2416       break;
2417    case ir_unop_u642f:
2418       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U642F, result_dst, op[0]);
2419       break;
2420    case ir_unop_i642d:
2421       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I642D, result_dst, op[0]);
2422       break;
2423    case ir_unop_u642d:
2424       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_U642D, result_dst, op[0]);
2425       break;
2426    case ir_unop_i2i64:
2427       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I2I64, result_dst, op[0]);
2428       break;
2429    case ir_unop_f2i64:
2430       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_F2I64, result_dst, op[0]);
2431       break;
2432    case ir_unop_d2i64:
2433       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_D2I64, result_dst, op[0]);
2434       break;
2435    case ir_unop_i2u64:
2436       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_I2I64, result_dst, op[0]);
2437       break;
2438    case ir_unop_f2u64:
2439       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_F2U64, result_dst, op[0]);
2440       break;
2441    case ir_unop_d2u64:
2442       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_D2U64, result_dst, op[0]);
2443       break;
2444       /* these might be needed */
2445    case ir_unop_pack_snorm_2x16:
2446    case ir_unop_pack_unorm_2x16:
2447    case ir_unop_pack_snorm_4x8:
2448    case ir_unop_pack_unorm_4x8:
2449 
2450    case ir_unop_unpack_snorm_2x16:
2451    case ir_unop_unpack_unorm_2x16:
2452    case ir_unop_unpack_snorm_4x8:
2453    case ir_unop_unpack_unorm_4x8:
2454 
2455    case ir_quadop_vector:
2456    case ir_binop_vector_extract:
2457    case ir_triop_vector_insert:
2458    case ir_binop_carry:
2459    case ir_binop_borrow:
2460    case ir_unop_ssbo_unsized_array_length:
2461    case ir_unop_implicitly_sized_array_length:
2462    case ir_unop_atan:
2463    case ir_binop_atan2:
2464    case ir_unop_clz:
2465    case ir_binop_add_sat:
2466    case ir_binop_sub_sat:
2467    case ir_binop_abs_sub:
2468    case ir_binop_avg:
2469    case ir_binop_avg_round:
2470    case ir_binop_mul_32x16:
2471    case ir_unop_f162f:
2472    case ir_unop_f2f16:
2473    case ir_unop_f2fmp:
2474    case ir_unop_f162b:
2475    case ir_unop_b2f16:
2476    case ir_unop_i2i:
2477    case ir_unop_i2imp:
2478    case ir_unop_u2u:
2479    case ir_unop_u2ump:
2480       /* This operation is not supported, or should have already been handled.
2481        */
2482       assert(!"Invalid ir opcode in glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit()");
2483       break;
2484    }
2485 
2486    this->result = result_src;
2487 }
2488 
2489 
2490 void
visit(ir_swizzle * ir)2491 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_swizzle *ir)
2492 {
2493    st_src_reg src;
2494    int i;
2495    int swizzle[4] = {0};
2496 
2497    /* Note that this is only swizzles in expressions, not those on the left
2498     * hand side of an assignment, which do write masking.  See ir_assignment
2499     * for that.
2500     */
2501 
2502    ir->val->accept(this);
2503    src = this->result;
2504    assert(src.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
2505    assert(ir->type->vector_elements > 0);
2506 
2507    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
2508       if (i < ir->type->vector_elements) {
2509          switch (i) {
2510          case 0:
2511             swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.x);
2512             break;
2513          case 1:
2514             swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.y);
2515             break;
2516          case 2:
2517             swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.z);
2518             break;
2519          case 3:
2520             swizzle[i] = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, ir->mask.w);
2521             break;
2522          }
2523       } else {
2524          /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last
2525           * channel out.
2526           */
2527          swizzle[i] = swizzle[ir->type->vector_elements - 1];
2528       }
2529    }
2530 
2531    src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzle[0], swizzle[1], swizzle[2], swizzle[3]);
2532 
2533    this->result = src;
2534 }
2535 
2536 /* Test if the variable is an array. Note that geometry and
2537  * tessellation shader inputs are outputs are always arrays (except
2538  * for patch inputs), so only the array element type is considered.
2539  */
2540 static bool
is_inout_array(unsigned stage,ir_variable * var,bool * remove_array)2541 is_inout_array(unsigned stage, ir_variable *var, bool *remove_array)
2542 {
2543    const glsl_type *type = var->type;
2544 
2545    *remove_array = false;
2546 
2547    if ((stage == MESA_SHADER_VERTEX && var->data.mode == ir_var_shader_in) ||
2548        (stage == MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT && var->data.mode == ir_var_shader_out))
2549       return false;
2550 
2551    if (((stage == MESA_SHADER_GEOMETRY && var->data.mode == ir_var_shader_in) ||
2552         (stage == MESA_SHADER_TESS_EVAL && var->data.mode == ir_var_shader_in) ||
2553         stage == MESA_SHADER_TESS_CTRL) &&
2554        !var->data.patch) {
2555       if (!var->type->is_array())
2556          return false; /* a system value probably */
2557 
2558       type = var->type->fields.array;
2559       *remove_array = true;
2560    }
2561 
2562    return type->is_array() || type->is_matrix();
2563 }
2564 
2565 static unsigned
st_translate_interp_loc(ir_variable * var)2566 st_translate_interp_loc(ir_variable *var)
2567 {
2568    if (var->data.centroid)
2569       return TGSI_INTERPOLATE_LOC_CENTROID;
2570    else if (var->data.sample)
2571       return TGSI_INTERPOLATE_LOC_SAMPLE;
2572    else
2573       return TGSI_INTERPOLATE_LOC_CENTER;
2574 }
2575 
2576 void
visit(ir_dereference_variable * ir)2577 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_variable *ir)
2578 {
2579    variable_storage *entry;
2580    ir_variable *var = ir->var;
2581    bool remove_array;
2582 
2583    if (handle_bound_deref(ir->as_dereference()))
2584       return;
2585 
2586    entry = find_variable_storage(ir->var);
2587 
2588    if (!entry) {
2589       switch (var->data.mode) {
2590       case ir_var_uniform:
2591          entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, PROGRAM_UNIFORM,
2592                                                var->data.param_index);
2593          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, var, entry);
2594          break;
2595       case ir_var_shader_in: {
2596          /* The linker assigns locations for varyings and attributes,
2597           * including deprecated builtins (like gl_Color), user-assign
2598           * generic attributes (glBindVertexLocation), and
2599           * user-defined varyings.
2600           */
2601          assert(var->data.location != -1);
2602 
2603          const glsl_type *type_without_array = var->type->without_array();
2604          struct inout_decl *decl = &inputs[num_inputs];
2605          unsigned component = var->data.location_frac;
2606          unsigned num_components;
2607          num_inputs++;
2608 
2609          if (type_without_array->is_64bit())
2610             component = component / 2;
2611          if (type_without_array->vector_elements)
2612             num_components = type_without_array->vector_elements;
2613          else
2614             num_components = 4;
2615 
2616          decl->mesa_index = var->data.location;
2617          decl->interp = (glsl_interp_mode) var->data.interpolation;
2618          decl->interp_loc = st_translate_interp_loc(var);
2619          decl->base_type = type_without_array->base_type;
2620          decl->usage_mask = u_bit_consecutive(component, num_components);
2621 
2622          if (is_inout_array(shader->Stage, var, &remove_array)) {
2623             decl->array_id = num_input_arrays + 1;
2624             num_input_arrays++;
2625          } else {
2626             decl->array_id = 0;
2627          }
2628 
2629          if (remove_array)
2630             decl->size = type_size(var->type->fields.array);
2631          else
2632             decl->size = type_size(var->type);
2633 
2634          entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
2635                                                PROGRAM_INPUT,
2636                                                decl->mesa_index,
2637                                                decl->array_id);
2638          entry->component = component;
2639 
2640          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, var, entry);
2641 
2642          break;
2643       }
2644       case ir_var_shader_out: {
2645          assert(var->data.location != -1);
2646 
2647          const glsl_type *type_without_array = var->type->without_array();
2648          struct inout_decl *decl = &outputs[num_outputs];
2649          unsigned component = var->data.location_frac;
2650          unsigned num_components;
2651          num_outputs++;
2652 
2653          decl->invariant = var->data.invariant;
2654 
2655          if (type_without_array->is_64bit())
2656             component = component / 2;
2657          if (type_without_array->vector_elements)
2658             num_components = type_without_array->vector_elements;
2659          else
2660             num_components = 4;
2661 
2662          decl->mesa_index = var->data.location + FRAG_RESULT_MAX * var->data.index;
2663          decl->base_type = type_without_array->base_type;
2664          decl->usage_mask = u_bit_consecutive(component, num_components);
2665          if (var->data.stream & (1u << 31)) {
2666             decl->gs_out_streams = var->data.stream & ~(1u << 31);
2667          } else {
2668             assert(var->data.stream < 4);
2669             decl->gs_out_streams = 0;
2670             for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_components; ++i)
2671                decl->gs_out_streams |= var->data.stream << (2 * (component + i));
2672          }
2673 
2674          if (is_inout_array(shader->Stage, var, &remove_array)) {
2675             decl->array_id = num_output_arrays + 1;
2676             num_output_arrays++;
2677          } else {
2678             decl->array_id = 0;
2679          }
2680 
2681          if (remove_array)
2682             decl->size = type_size(var->type->fields.array);
2683          else
2684             decl->size = type_size(var->type);
2685 
2686          if (var->data.fb_fetch_output) {
2687             st_dst_reg dst = st_dst_reg(get_temp(var->type));
2688             st_src_reg src = st_src_reg(PROGRAM_OUTPUT, decl->mesa_index,
2689                                         var->type, component, decl->array_id);
2690             emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_FBFETCH, dst, src);
2691             entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, dst.file, dst.index,
2692                                                   dst.array_id);
2693          } else {
2694             entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
2695                                                   PROGRAM_OUTPUT,
2696                                                   decl->mesa_index,
2697                                                   decl->array_id);
2698          }
2699          entry->component = component;
2700 
2701          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, var, entry);
2702 
2703          break;
2704       }
2705       case ir_var_system_value:
2706          entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var,
2707                                                PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE,
2708                                                var->data.location);
2709          break;
2710       case ir_var_auto:
2711       case ir_var_temporary:
2712          st_src_reg src = get_temp(var->type);
2713 
2714          entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(var, src.file, src.index,
2715                                                src.array_id);
2716          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, var, entry);
2717 
2718          break;
2719       }
2720 
2721       if (!entry) {
2722          printf("Failed to make storage for %s\n", var->name);
2723          exit(1);
2724       }
2725    }
2726 
2727    this->result = st_src_reg(entry->file, entry->index, var->type,
2728                              entry->component, entry->array_id);
2729    if (this->shader->Stage == MESA_SHADER_VERTEX &&
2730        var->data.mode == ir_var_shader_in &&
2731        var->type->without_array()->is_double())
2732       this->result.is_double_vertex_input = true;
2733    if (!native_integers)
2734       this->result.type = GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT;
2735 }
2736 
2737 static void
shrink_array_declarations(struct inout_decl * decls,unsigned count,GLbitfield64 * usage_mask,GLbitfield64 double_usage_mask,GLbitfield * patch_usage_mask)2738 shrink_array_declarations(struct inout_decl *decls, unsigned count,
2739                           GLbitfield64* usage_mask,
2740                           GLbitfield64 double_usage_mask,
2741                           GLbitfield* patch_usage_mask)
2742 {
2743    unsigned i;
2744    int j;
2745 
2746    /* Fix array declarations by removing unused array elements at both ends
2747     * of the arrays. For example, mat4[3] where only mat[1] is used.
2748     */
2749    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
2750       struct inout_decl *decl = &decls[i];
2751       if (!decl->array_id)
2752          continue;
2753 
2754       /* Shrink the beginning. */
2755       for (j = 0; j < (int)decl->size; j++) {
2756          if (decl->mesa_index >= VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0) {
2757             if (*patch_usage_mask &
2758                 BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index - VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0 + j))
2759                break;
2760          }
2761          else {
2762             if (*usage_mask & BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index+j))
2763                break;
2764             if (double_usage_mask & BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index+j-1))
2765                break;
2766          }
2767 
2768          decl->mesa_index++;
2769          decl->size--;
2770          j--;
2771       }
2772 
2773       /* Shrink the end. */
2774       for (j = decl->size-1; j >= 0; j--) {
2775          if (decl->mesa_index >= VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0) {
2776             if (*patch_usage_mask &
2777                 BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index - VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0 + j))
2778                break;
2779          }
2780          else {
2781             if (*usage_mask & BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index+j))
2782                break;
2783             if (double_usage_mask & BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index+j-1))
2784                break;
2785          }
2786 
2787          decl->size--;
2788       }
2789 
2790       /* When not all entries of an array are accessed, we mark them as used
2791        * here anyway, to ensure that the input/output mapping logic doesn't get
2792        * confused.
2793        *
2794        * TODO This happens when an array isn't used via indirect access, which
2795        * some game ports do (at least eON-based). There is an optimization
2796        * opportunity here by replacing the array declaration with non-array
2797        * declarations of those slots that are actually used.
2798        */
2799       for (j = 1; j < (int)decl->size; ++j) {
2800          if (decl->mesa_index >= VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0)
2801             *patch_usage_mask |= BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index - VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0 + j);
2802          else
2803             *usage_mask |= BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index + j);
2804       }
2805    }
2806 }
2807 
2808 
2809 static void
mark_array_io(struct inout_decl * decls,unsigned count,GLbitfield64 * usage_mask,GLbitfield64 double_usage_mask,GLbitfield * patch_usage_mask)2810 mark_array_io(struct inout_decl *decls, unsigned count,
2811               GLbitfield64* usage_mask,
2812               GLbitfield64 double_usage_mask,
2813               GLbitfield* patch_usage_mask)
2814 {
2815    unsigned i;
2816    int j;
2817 
2818    /* Fix array declarations by removing unused array elements at both ends
2819     * of the arrays. For example, mat4[3] where only mat[1] is used.
2820     */
2821    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
2822       struct inout_decl *decl = &decls[i];
2823       if (!decl->array_id)
2824          continue;
2825 
2826       /* When not all entries of an array are accessed, we mark them as used
2827        * here anyway, to ensure that the input/output mapping logic doesn't get
2828        * confused.
2829        *
2830        * TODO This happens when an array isn't used via indirect access, which
2831        * some game ports do (at least eON-based). There is an optimization
2832        * opportunity here by replacing the array declaration with non-array
2833        * declarations of those slots that are actually used.
2834        */
2835       for (j = 0; j < (int)decl->size; ++j) {
2836          if (decl->mesa_index >= VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0)
2837             *patch_usage_mask |= BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index - VARYING_SLOT_PATCH0 + j);
2838          else
2839             *usage_mask |= BITFIELD64_BIT(decl->mesa_index + j);
2840       }
2841    }
2842 }
2843 
2844 void
visit(ir_dereference_array * ir)2845 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_array *ir)
2846 {
2847    ir_constant *index;
2848    st_src_reg src;
2849    bool is_2D = false;
2850    ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced();
2851 
2852    if (handle_bound_deref(ir->as_dereference()))
2853       return;
2854 
2855    /* We only need the logic provided by count_vec4_slots()
2856     * for arrays of structs. Indirect sampler and image indexing is handled
2857     * elsewhere.
2858     */
2859    int element_size = ir->type->without_array()->is_struct() ?
2860       ir->type->count_vec4_slots(false, var->data.bindless) :
2861       type_size(ir->type);
2862 
2863    index = ir->array_index->constant_expression_value(ralloc_parent(ir));
2864 
2865    ir->array->accept(this);
2866    src = this->result;
2867 
2868    if (!src.has_index2) {
2869       switch (this->prog->Target) {
2870       case GL_TESS_CONTROL_PROGRAM_NV:
2871          is_2D = (src.file == PROGRAM_INPUT || src.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) &&
2872                  !ir->variable_referenced()->data.patch;
2873          break;
2874       case GL_TESS_EVALUATION_PROGRAM_NV:
2875          is_2D = src.file == PROGRAM_INPUT &&
2876                  !ir->variable_referenced()->data.patch;
2877          break;
2878       case GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV:
2879          is_2D = src.file == PROGRAM_INPUT;
2880          break;
2881       }
2882    }
2883 
2884    if (is_2D)
2885       element_size = 1;
2886 
2887    if (index) {
2888 
2889       if (this->prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB &&
2890           src.file == PROGRAM_INPUT)
2891          element_size = attrib_type_size(ir->type, true);
2892       if (is_2D) {
2893          src.index2D = index->value.i[0];
2894          src.has_index2 = true;
2895       } else
2896          src.index += index->value.i[0] * element_size;
2897    } else {
2898       /* Variable index array dereference.  It eats the "vec4" of the
2899        * base of the array and an index that offsets the TGSI register
2900        * index.
2901        */
2902       ir->array_index->accept(this);
2903 
2904       st_src_reg index_reg;
2905 
2906       if (element_size == 1) {
2907          index_reg = this->result;
2908       } else {
2909          index_reg = get_temp(native_integers ?
2910                               glsl_type::int_type : glsl_type::float_type);
2911 
2912          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, st_dst_reg(index_reg),
2913               this->result, st_src_reg_for_type(index_reg.type, element_size));
2914       }
2915 
2916       /* If there was already a relative address register involved, add the
2917        * new and the old together to get the new offset.
2918        */
2919       if (!is_2D && src.reladdr != NULL) {
2920          st_src_reg accum_reg = get_temp(native_integers ?
2921                                 glsl_type::int_type : glsl_type::float_type);
2922 
2923          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, st_dst_reg(accum_reg),
2924               index_reg, *src.reladdr);
2925 
2926          index_reg = accum_reg;
2927       }
2928 
2929       if (is_2D) {
2930          src.reladdr2 = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2931          *src.reladdr2 = index_reg;
2932          src.index2D = 0;
2933          src.has_index2 = true;
2934       } else {
2935          src.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
2936          *src.reladdr = index_reg;
2937       }
2938    }
2939 
2940    /* Change the register type to the element type of the array. */
2941    src.type = ir->type->base_type;
2942 
2943    this->result = src;
2944 }
2945 
2946 void
visit(ir_dereference_record * ir)2947 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_dereference_record *ir)
2948 {
2949    unsigned int i;
2950    const glsl_type *struct_type = ir->record->type;
2951    ir_variable *var = ir->record->variable_referenced();
2952    int offset = 0;
2953 
2954    if (handle_bound_deref(ir->as_dereference()))
2955       return;
2956 
2957    ir->record->accept(this);
2958 
2959    assert(ir->field_idx >= 0);
2960    assert(var);
2961    for (i = 0; i < struct_type->length; i++) {
2962       if (i == (unsigned) ir->field_idx)
2963          break;
2964       const glsl_type *member_type = struct_type->fields.structure[i].type;
2965       offset += member_type->count_vec4_slots(false, var->data.bindless);
2966    }
2967 
2968    /* If the type is smaller than a vec4, replicate the last channel out. */
2969    if (ir->type->is_scalar() || ir->type->is_vector())
2970       this->result.swizzle = swizzle_for_size(ir->type->vector_elements);
2971    else
2972       this->result.swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
2973 
2974    this->result.index += offset;
2975    this->result.type = ir->type->base_type;
2976 }
2977 
2978 /**
2979  * We want to be careful in assignment setup to hit the actual storage
2980  * instead of potentially using a temporary like we might with the
2981  * ir_dereference handler.
2982  */
2983 static st_dst_reg
get_assignment_lhs(ir_dereference * ir,glsl_to_tgsi_visitor * v,int * component)2984 get_assignment_lhs(ir_dereference *ir, glsl_to_tgsi_visitor *v, int *component)
2985 {
2986    /* The LHS must be a dereference.  If the LHS is a variable indexed array
2987     * access of a vector, it must be separated into a series conditional moves
2988     * before reaching this point (see ir_vec_index_to_cond_assign).
2989     */
2990    assert(ir->as_dereference());
2991    ir_dereference_array *deref_array = ir->as_dereference_array();
2992    if (deref_array) {
2993       assert(!deref_array->array->type->is_vector());
2994    }
2995 
2996    /* Use the rvalue deref handler for the most part.  We write swizzles using
2997     * the writemask, but we do extract the base component for enhanced layouts
2998     * from the source swizzle.
2999     */
3000    ir->accept(v);
3001    *component = GET_SWZ(v->result.swizzle, 0);
3002    return st_dst_reg(v->result);
3003 }
3004 
3005 /**
3006  * Process the condition of a conditional assignment
3007  *
3008  * Examines the condition of a conditional assignment to generate the optimal
3009  * first operand of a \c CMP instruction.  If the condition is a relational
3010  * operator with 0 (e.g., \c ir_binop_less), the value being compared will be
3011  * used as the source for the \c CMP instruction.  Otherwise the comparison
3012  * is processed to a boolean result, and the boolean result is used as the
3013  * operand to the CMP instruction.
3014  */
3015 bool
process_move_condition(ir_rvalue * ir)3016 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::process_move_condition(ir_rvalue *ir)
3017 {
3018    ir_rvalue *src_ir = ir;
3019    bool negate = true;
3020    bool switch_order = false;
3021 
3022    ir_expression *const expr = ir->as_expression();
3023 
3024    if (native_integers) {
3025       if ((expr != NULL) && (expr->num_operands == 2)) {
3026          enum glsl_base_type type = expr->operands[0]->type->base_type;
3027          if (type == GLSL_TYPE_INT || type == GLSL_TYPE_UINT ||
3028              type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL) {
3029             if (expr->operation == ir_binop_equal) {
3030                if (expr->operands[0]->is_zero()) {
3031                   src_ir = expr->operands[1];
3032                   switch_order = true;
3033                }
3034                else if (expr->operands[1]->is_zero()) {
3035                   src_ir = expr->operands[0];
3036                   switch_order = true;
3037                }
3038             }
3039             else if (expr->operation == ir_binop_nequal) {
3040                if (expr->operands[0]->is_zero()) {
3041                   src_ir = expr->operands[1];
3042                }
3043                else if (expr->operands[1]->is_zero()) {
3044                   src_ir = expr->operands[0];
3045                }
3046             }
3047          }
3048       }
3049 
3050       src_ir->accept(this);
3051       return switch_order;
3052    }
3053 
3054    if ((expr != NULL) && (expr->num_operands == 2)) {
3055       bool zero_on_left = false;
3056 
3057       if (expr->operands[0]->is_zero()) {
3058          src_ir = expr->operands[1];
3059          zero_on_left = true;
3060       } else if (expr->operands[1]->is_zero()) {
3061          src_ir = expr->operands[0];
3062          zero_on_left = false;
3063       }
3064 
3065       /*      a is -  0  +            -  0  +
3066        * (a <  0)  T  F  F  ( a < 0)  T  F  F
3067        * (0 <  a)  F  F  T  (-a < 0)  F  F  T
3068        * (a >= 0)  F  T  T  ( a < 0)  T  F  F  (swap order of other operands)
3069        * (0 >= a)  T  T  F  (-a < 0)  F  F  T  (swap order of other operands)
3070        *
3071        * Note that exchanging the order of 0 and 'a' in the comparison simply
3072        * means that the value of 'a' should be negated.
3073        */
3074       if (src_ir != ir) {
3075          switch (expr->operation) {
3076          case ir_binop_less:
3077             switch_order = false;
3078             negate = zero_on_left;
3079             break;
3080 
3081          case ir_binop_gequal:
3082             switch_order = true;
3083             negate = zero_on_left;
3084             break;
3085 
3086          default:
3087             /* This isn't the right kind of comparison afterall, so make sure
3088              * the whole condition is visited.
3089              */
3090             src_ir = ir;
3091             break;
3092          }
3093       }
3094    }
3095 
3096    src_ir->accept(this);
3097 
3098    /* We use the TGSI_OPCODE_CMP (a < 0 ? b : c) for conditional moves, and the
3099     * condition we produced is 0.0 or 1.0.  By flipping the sign, we can
3100     * choose which value TGSI_OPCODE_CMP produces without an extra instruction
3101     * computing the condition.
3102     */
3103    if (negate)
3104       this->result.negate = ~this->result.negate;
3105 
3106    return switch_order;
3107 }
3108 
3109 void
emit_block_mov(ir_assignment * ir,const struct glsl_type * type,st_dst_reg * l,st_src_reg * r,st_src_reg * cond,bool cond_swap)3110 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::emit_block_mov(ir_assignment *ir, const struct glsl_type *type,
3111                                      st_dst_reg *l, st_src_reg *r,
3112                                      st_src_reg *cond, bool cond_swap)
3113 {
3114    if (type->is_struct()) {
3115       for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
3116          emit_block_mov(ir, type->fields.structure[i].type, l, r,
3117                         cond, cond_swap);
3118       }
3119       return;
3120    }
3121 
3122    if (type->is_array()) {
3123       for (unsigned int i = 0; i < type->length; i++) {
3124          emit_block_mov(ir, type->fields.array, l, r, cond, cond_swap);
3125       }
3126       return;
3127    }
3128 
3129    if (type->is_matrix()) {
3130       const struct glsl_type *vec_type;
3131 
3132       vec_type = glsl_type::get_instance(type->is_double()
3133                                          ? GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE : GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT,
3134                                          type->vector_elements, 1);
3135 
3136       for (int i = 0; i < type->matrix_columns; i++) {
3137          emit_block_mov(ir, vec_type, l, r, cond, cond_swap);
3138       }
3139       return;
3140    }
3141 
3142    assert(type->is_scalar() || type->is_vector());
3143 
3144    l->type = type->base_type;
3145    r->type = type->base_type;
3146    if (cond) {
3147       st_src_reg l_src = st_src_reg(*l);
3148 
3149       if (l_src.file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&
3150           this->prog->Target == GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB &&
3151           (l_src.index == FRAG_RESULT_DEPTH ||
3152            l_src.index == FRAG_RESULT_STENCIL)) {
3153          /* This is a special case because the source swizzles will be shifted
3154           * later to account for the difference between GLSL (where they're
3155           * plain floats) and TGSI (where they're Z and Y components). */
3156          l_src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
3157       }
3158 
3159       if (native_integers) {
3160          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_UCMP, *l, *cond,
3161               cond_swap ? l_src : *r,
3162               cond_swap ? *r : l_src);
3163       } else {
3164          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_CMP, *l, *cond,
3165               cond_swap ? l_src : *r,
3166               cond_swap ? *r : l_src);
3167       }
3168    } else {
3169       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, *l, *r);
3170    }
3171    l->index++;
3172    r->index++;
3173    if (type->is_dual_slot()) {
3174       l->index++;
3175       if (r->is_double_vertex_input == false)
3176          r->index++;
3177    }
3178 }
3179 
3180 void
visit(ir_assignment * ir)3181 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_assignment *ir)
3182 {
3183    int dst_component;
3184    st_dst_reg l;
3185    st_src_reg r;
3186 
3187    /* all generated instructions need to be flaged as precise */
3188    this->precise = is_precise(ir->lhs->variable_referenced());
3189    ir->rhs->accept(this);
3190    r = this->result;
3191 
3192    l = get_assignment_lhs(ir->lhs, this, &dst_component);
3193 
3194    {
3195       int swizzles[4];
3196       int first_enabled_chan = 0;
3197       int rhs_chan = 0;
3198       ir_variable *variable = ir->lhs->variable_referenced();
3199 
3200       if (shader->Stage == MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT &&
3201           variable->data.mode == ir_var_shader_out &&
3202           (variable->data.location == FRAG_RESULT_DEPTH ||
3203            variable->data.location == FRAG_RESULT_STENCIL)) {
3204          assert(ir->lhs->type->is_scalar());
3205          assert(ir->write_mask == WRITEMASK_X);
3206 
3207          if (variable->data.location == FRAG_RESULT_DEPTH)
3208             l.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
3209          else {
3210             assert(variable->data.location == FRAG_RESULT_STENCIL);
3211             l.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
3212          }
3213       } else if (ir->write_mask == 0) {
3214          assert(!ir->lhs->type->is_scalar() && !ir->lhs->type->is_vector());
3215 
3216          unsigned num_elements =
3217             ir->lhs->type->without_array()->vector_elements;
3218 
3219          if (num_elements) {
3220             l.writemask = u_bit_consecutive(0, num_elements);
3221          } else {
3222             /* The type is a struct or an array of (array of) structs. */
3223             l.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
3224          }
3225       } else {
3226          l.writemask = ir->write_mask;
3227       }
3228 
3229       for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
3230          if (l.writemask & (1 << i)) {
3231             first_enabled_chan = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, i);
3232             break;
3233          }
3234       }
3235 
3236       l.writemask = l.writemask << dst_component;
3237 
3238       /* Swizzle a small RHS vector into the channels being written.
3239        *
3240        * glsl ir treats write_mask as dictating how many channels are
3241        * present on the RHS while TGSI treats write_mask as just
3242        * showing which channels of the vec4 RHS get written.
3243        */
3244       for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
3245          if (l.writemask & (1 << i))
3246             swizzles[i] = GET_SWZ(r.swizzle, rhs_chan++);
3247          else
3248             swizzles[i] = first_enabled_chan;
3249       }
3250       r.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(swizzles[0], swizzles[1],
3251                                 swizzles[2], swizzles[3]);
3252    }
3253 
3254    assert(l.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
3255    assert(r.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
3256 
3257    if (ir->condition) {
3258       const bool switch_order = this->process_move_condition(ir->condition);
3259       st_src_reg condition = this->result;
3260 
3261       emit_block_mov(ir, ir->lhs->type, &l, &r, &condition, switch_order);
3262    } else if (ir->rhs->as_expression() &&
3263               this->instructions.get_tail() &&
3264               ir->rhs == ((glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail())->ir &&
3265               !((glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail())->is_64bit_expanded &&
3266               type_size(ir->lhs->type) == 1 &&
3267               !ir->lhs->type->is_64bit() &&
3268               l.writemask == ((glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail())->dst[0].writemask) {
3269       /* To avoid emitting an extra MOV when assigning an expression to a
3270        * variable, emit the last instruction of the expression again, but
3271        * replace the destination register with the target of the assignment.
3272        * Dead code elimination will remove the original instruction.
3273        */
3274       glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst, *new_inst;
3275       inst = (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *)this->instructions.get_tail();
3276       new_inst = emit_asm(ir, inst->op, l, inst->src[0], inst->src[1], inst->src[2], inst->src[3]);
3277       new_inst->saturate = inst->saturate;
3278       new_inst->resource = inst->resource;
3279       inst->dead_mask = inst->dst[0].writemask;
3280    } else {
3281       emit_block_mov(ir, ir->rhs->type, &l, &r, NULL, false);
3282    }
3283    this->precise = 0;
3284 }
3285 
3286 
3287 void
visit(ir_constant * ir)3288 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_constant *ir)
3289 {
3290    st_src_reg src;
3291    GLdouble stack_vals[4] = { 0 };
3292    gl_constant_value *values = (gl_constant_value *) stack_vals;
3293    GLenum gl_type = GL_NONE;
3294    unsigned int i, elements;
3295    static int in_array = 0;
3296    gl_register_file file = in_array ? PROGRAM_CONSTANT : PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE;
3297 
3298    /* Unfortunately, 4 floats is all we can get into
3299     * _mesa_add_typed_unnamed_constant.  So, make a temp to store an
3300     * aggregate constant and move each constant value into it.  If we
3301     * get lucky, copy propagation will eliminate the extra moves.
3302     */
3303    if (ir->type->is_struct()) {
3304       st_src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);
3305       st_dst_reg temp = st_dst_reg(temp_base);
3306 
3307       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) {
3308          ir_constant *const field_value = ir->get_record_field(i);
3309          int size = type_size(field_value->type);
3310 
3311          assert(size > 0);
3312 
3313          field_value->accept(this);
3314          src = this->result;
3315 
3316          for (unsigned j = 0; j < (unsigned int)size; j++) {
3317             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);
3318 
3319             src.index++;
3320             temp.index++;
3321          }
3322       }
3323       this->result = temp_base;
3324       return;
3325    }
3326 
3327    if (ir->type->is_array()) {
3328       st_src_reg temp_base = get_temp(ir->type);
3329       st_dst_reg temp = st_dst_reg(temp_base);
3330       int size = type_size(ir->type->fields.array);
3331 
3332       assert(size > 0);
3333       in_array++;
3334 
3335       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->length; i++) {
3336          ir->const_elements[i]->accept(this);
3337          src = this->result;
3338          for (int j = 0; j < size; j++) {
3339             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp, src);
3340 
3341             src.index++;
3342             temp.index++;
3343          }
3344       }
3345       this->result = temp_base;
3346       in_array--;
3347       return;
3348    }
3349 
3350    if (ir->type->is_matrix()) {
3351       st_src_reg mat = get_temp(ir->type);
3352       st_dst_reg mat_column = st_dst_reg(mat);
3353 
3354       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->matrix_columns; i++) {
3355          switch (ir->type->base_type) {
3356          case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
3357             values = (gl_constant_value *)
3358                &ir->value.f[i * ir->type->vector_elements];
3359 
3360             src = st_src_reg(file, -1, ir->type->base_type);
3361             src.index = add_constant(file,
3362                                      values,
3363                                      ir->type->vector_elements,
3364                                      GL_FLOAT,
3365                                      &src.swizzle);
3366             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
3367             break;
3368          case GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE:
3369             values = (gl_constant_value *)
3370                &ir->value.d[i * ir->type->vector_elements];
3371             src = st_src_reg(file, -1, ir->type->base_type);
3372             src.index = add_constant(file,
3373                                      values,
3374                                      ir->type->vector_elements,
3375                                      GL_DOUBLE,
3376                                      &src.swizzle);
3377             if (ir->type->vector_elements >= 2) {
3378                mat_column.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;
3379                src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y,
3380                                            SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
3381                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
3382             } else {
3383                mat_column.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
3384                src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X,
3385                                            SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X);
3386                emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
3387             }
3388             src.index++;
3389             if (ir->type->vector_elements > 2) {
3390                if (ir->type->vector_elements == 4) {
3391                   mat_column.writemask = WRITEMASK_ZW;
3392                   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y,
3393                                               SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
3394                   emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
3395                } else {
3396                   mat_column.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
3397                   src.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y,
3398                                               SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Y);
3399                   emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, mat_column, src);
3400                   mat_column.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
3401                   src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
3402                }
3403                mat_column.index++;
3404             }
3405             break;
3406          default:
3407             unreachable("Illegal matrix constant type.\n");
3408             break;
3409          }
3410          mat_column.index++;
3411       }
3412       this->result = mat;
3413       return;
3414    }
3415 
3416    elements = ir->type->vector_elements;
3417    switch (ir->type->base_type) {
3418    case GLSL_TYPE_FLOAT:
3419       gl_type = GL_FLOAT;
3420       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3421          values[i].f = ir->value.f[i];
3422       }
3423       break;
3424    case GLSL_TYPE_DOUBLE:
3425       gl_type = GL_DOUBLE;
3426       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3427          memcpy(&values[i * 2], &ir->value.d[i], sizeof(double));
3428       }
3429       break;
3430    case GLSL_TYPE_INT64:
3431       gl_type = GL_INT64_ARB;
3432       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3433          memcpy(&values[i * 2], &ir->value.d[i], sizeof(int64_t));
3434       }
3435       break;
3436    case GLSL_TYPE_UINT64:
3437       gl_type = GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_ARB;
3438       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3439          memcpy(&values[i * 2], &ir->value.d[i], sizeof(uint64_t));
3440       }
3441       break;
3442    case GLSL_TYPE_UINT:
3443       gl_type = native_integers ? GL_UNSIGNED_INT : GL_FLOAT;
3444       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3445          if (native_integers)
3446             values[i].u = ir->value.u[i];
3447          else
3448             values[i].f = ir->value.u[i];
3449       }
3450       break;
3451    case GLSL_TYPE_INT:
3452       gl_type = native_integers ? GL_INT : GL_FLOAT;
3453       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3454          if (native_integers)
3455             values[i].i = ir->value.i[i];
3456          else
3457             values[i].f = ir->value.i[i];
3458       }
3459       break;
3460    case GLSL_TYPE_BOOL:
3461       gl_type = native_integers ? GL_BOOL : GL_FLOAT;
3462       for (i = 0; i < ir->type->vector_elements; i++) {
3463          values[i].u = ir->value.b[i] ? ctx->Const.UniformBooleanTrue : 0;
3464       }
3465       break;
3466    case GLSL_TYPE_SAMPLER:
3467    case GLSL_TYPE_IMAGE:
3468       gl_type = GL_UNSIGNED_INT;
3469       elements = 2;
3470       values[0].u = ir->value.u64[0] & 0xffffffff;
3471       values[1].u = ir->value.u64[0] >> 32;
3472       break;
3473    default:
3474       assert(!"Non-float/uint/int/bool/sampler/image constant");
3475    }
3476 
3477    this->result = st_src_reg(file, -1, ir->type);
3478    this->result.index = add_constant(file,
3479                                      values,
3480                                      elements,
3481                                      gl_type,
3482                                      &this->result.swizzle);
3483 }
3484 
3485 void
visit_atomic_counter_intrinsic(ir_call * ir)3486 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_atomic_counter_intrinsic(ir_call *ir)
3487 {
3488    exec_node *param = ir->actual_parameters.get_head();
3489    ir_dereference *deref = static_cast<ir_dereference *>(param);
3490    ir_variable *location = deref->variable_referenced();
3491    bool has_hw_atomics = st_context(ctx)->has_hw_atomics;
3492    /* Calculate the surface offset */
3493    st_src_reg offset;
3494    unsigned array_size = 0, base = 0;
3495    uint16_t index = 0;
3496    st_src_reg resource;
3497 
3498    get_deref_offsets(deref, &array_size, &base, &index, &offset, false);
3499 
3500    if (has_hw_atomics) {
3501       variable_storage *entry = find_variable_storage(location);
3502       st_src_reg buffer(PROGRAM_HW_ATOMIC, 0, GLSL_TYPE_ATOMIC_UINT,
3503                         location->data.binding);
3504 
3505       if (!entry) {
3506          entry = new(mem_ctx) variable_storage(location, PROGRAM_HW_ATOMIC,
3507                                                num_atomics);
3508          _mesa_hash_table_insert(this->variables, location, entry);
3509 
3510          atomic_info[num_atomics].location = location->data.location;
3511          atomic_info[num_atomics].binding = location->data.binding;
3512          atomic_info[num_atomics].size = location->type->arrays_of_arrays_size();
3513          if (atomic_info[num_atomics].size == 0)
3514             atomic_info[num_atomics].size = 1;
3515          atomic_info[num_atomics].array_id = 0;
3516          num_atomics++;
3517       }
3518 
3519       if (offset.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
3520          if (atomic_info[entry->index].array_id == 0) {
3521             num_atomic_arrays++;
3522             atomic_info[entry->index].array_id = num_atomic_arrays;
3523          }
3524          buffer.array_id = atomic_info[entry->index].array_id;
3525       }
3526 
3527       buffer.index = index;
3528       buffer.index += location->data.offset / ATOMIC_COUNTER_SIZE;
3529       buffer.has_index2 = true;
3530 
3531       if (offset.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
3532          buffer.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
3533          *buffer.reladdr = offset;
3534          emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, offset);
3535       }
3536       offset = st_src_reg_for_int(0);
3537 
3538       resource = buffer;
3539    } else {
3540       st_src_reg buffer(PROGRAM_BUFFER,
3541                         prog->info.num_ssbos +
3542                         location->data.binding,
3543                         GLSL_TYPE_ATOMIC_UINT);
3544 
3545       if (offset.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
3546          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, st_dst_reg(offset),
3547                   offset, st_src_reg_for_int(ATOMIC_COUNTER_SIZE));
3548          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, st_dst_reg(offset),
3549                   offset, st_src_reg_for_int(location->data.offset + index * ATOMIC_COUNTER_SIZE));
3550       } else {
3551          offset = st_src_reg_for_int(location->data.offset + index * ATOMIC_COUNTER_SIZE);
3552       }
3553       resource = buffer;
3554    }
3555 
3556    ir->return_deref->accept(this);
3557    st_dst_reg dst(this->result);
3558    dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
3559 
3560    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst;
3561 
3562    if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_read) {
3563       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD, dst, offset);
3564    } else if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_increment) {
3565       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD, dst, offset,
3566                       st_src_reg_for_int(1));
3567    } else if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_predecrement) {
3568       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD, dst, offset,
3569                       st_src_reg_for_int(-1));
3570       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, dst, this->result, st_src_reg_for_int(-1));
3571    } else {
3572       param = param->get_next();
3573       ir_rvalue *val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3574       val->accept(this);
3575 
3576       st_src_reg data = this->result, data2 = undef_src;
3577       enum tgsi_opcode opcode;
3578       switch (ir->callee->intrinsic_id) {
3579       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_add:
3580          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD;
3581          break;
3582       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_min:
3583          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMIN;
3584          break;
3585       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_max:
3586          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMAX;
3587          break;
3588       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_and:
3589          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMAND;
3590          break;
3591       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_or:
3592          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMOR;
3593          break;
3594       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_xor:
3595          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXOR;
3596          break;
3597       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_exchange:
3598          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXCHG;
3599          break;
3600       case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_comp_swap: {
3601          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMCAS;
3602          param = param->get_next();
3603          val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3604          val->accept(this);
3605          data2 = this->result;
3606          break;
3607       }
3608       default:
3609          assert(!"Unexpected intrinsic");
3610          return;
3611       }
3612 
3613       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, dst, offset, data, data2);
3614    }
3615 
3616    inst->resource = resource;
3617 }
3618 
3619 void
visit_ssbo_intrinsic(ir_call * ir)3620 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_ssbo_intrinsic(ir_call *ir)
3621 {
3622    exec_node *param = ir->actual_parameters.get_head();
3623 
3624    ir_rvalue *block = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3625 
3626    param = param->get_next();
3627    ir_rvalue *offset = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3628 
3629    ir_constant *const_block = block->as_constant();
3630    st_src_reg buffer(
3631          PROGRAM_BUFFER,
3632          const_block ? const_block->value.u[0] : 0,
3633          GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
3634 
3635    if (!const_block) {
3636       block->accept(this);
3637       buffer.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
3638       *buffer.reladdr = this->result;
3639       emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, this->result);
3640    }
3641 
3642    /* Calculate the surface offset */
3643    offset->accept(this);
3644    st_src_reg off = this->result;
3645 
3646    st_dst_reg dst = undef_dst;
3647    if (ir->return_deref) {
3648       ir->return_deref->accept(this);
3649       dst = st_dst_reg(this->result);
3650       dst.writemask = (1 << ir->return_deref->type->vector_elements) - 1;
3651    }
3652 
3653    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst;
3654 
3655    if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_ssbo_load) {
3656       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD, dst, off);
3657       if (dst.type == GLSL_TYPE_BOOL)
3658          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_USNE, dst, st_src_reg(dst),
3659                   st_src_reg_for_int(0));
3660    } else if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_ssbo_store) {
3661       param = param->get_next();
3662       ir_rvalue *val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3663       val->accept(this);
3664 
3665       param = param->get_next();
3666       ir_constant *write_mask = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_constant();
3667       assert(write_mask);
3668       dst.writemask = write_mask->value.u[0];
3669 
3670       dst.type = this->result.type;
3671       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_STORE, dst, off, this->result);
3672    } else {
3673       param = param->get_next();
3674       ir_rvalue *val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3675       val->accept(this);
3676 
3677       st_src_reg data = this->result, data2 = undef_src;
3678       enum tgsi_opcode opcode;
3679       switch (ir->callee->intrinsic_id) {
3680       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_add:
3681          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD;
3682          break;
3683       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_min:
3684          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMIN;
3685          break;
3686       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_max:
3687          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMAX;
3688          break;
3689       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_and:
3690          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMAND;
3691          break;
3692       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_or:
3693          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMOR;
3694          break;
3695       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_xor:
3696          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXOR;
3697          break;
3698       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_exchange:
3699          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXCHG;
3700          break;
3701       case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_comp_swap:
3702          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMCAS;
3703          param = param->get_next();
3704          val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3705          val->accept(this);
3706          data2 = this->result;
3707          break;
3708       default:
3709          assert(!"Unexpected intrinsic");
3710          return;
3711       }
3712 
3713       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, dst, off, data, data2);
3714    }
3715 
3716    param = param->get_next();
3717    ir_constant *access = NULL;
3718    if (!param->is_tail_sentinel()) {
3719       access = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_constant();
3720       assert(access);
3721    }
3722 
3723    add_buffer_to_load_and_stores(inst, &buffer, &this->instructions, access);
3724 }
3725 
3726 void
visit_membar_intrinsic(ir_call * ir)3727 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_membar_intrinsic(ir_call *ir)
3728 {
3729    switch (ir->callee->intrinsic_id) {
3730    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier:
3731       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3732                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_BUFFER |
3733                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_ATOMIC_BUFFER |
3734                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_IMAGE |
3735                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_SHARED));
3736       break;
3737    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_atomic_counter:
3738       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3739                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_ATOMIC_BUFFER));
3740       break;
3741    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_buffer:
3742       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3743                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_BUFFER));
3744       break;
3745    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_image:
3746       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3747                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_IMAGE));
3748       break;
3749    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_shared:
3750       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3751                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_SHARED));
3752       break;
3753    case ir_intrinsic_group_memory_barrier:
3754       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MEMBAR, undef_dst,
3755                st_src_reg_for_int(TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_BUFFER |
3756                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_ATOMIC_BUFFER |
3757                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_SHADER_IMAGE |
3758                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_SHARED |
3759                                   TGSI_MEMBAR_THREAD_GROUP));
3760       break;
3761    default:
3762       assert(!"Unexpected memory barrier intrinsic");
3763    }
3764 }
3765 
3766 void
visit_shared_intrinsic(ir_call * ir)3767 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_shared_intrinsic(ir_call *ir)
3768 {
3769    exec_node *param = ir->actual_parameters.get_head();
3770 
3771    ir_rvalue *offset = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3772 
3773    st_src_reg buffer(PROGRAM_MEMORY, 0, GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
3774 
3775    /* Calculate the surface offset */
3776    offset->accept(this);
3777    st_src_reg off = this->result;
3778 
3779    st_dst_reg dst = undef_dst;
3780    if (ir->return_deref) {
3781       ir->return_deref->accept(this);
3782       dst = st_dst_reg(this->result);
3783       dst.writemask = (1 << ir->return_deref->type->vector_elements) - 1;
3784    }
3785 
3786    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst;
3787 
3788    if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_shared_load) {
3789       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD, dst, off);
3790       inst->resource = buffer;
3791    } else if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_shared_store) {
3792       param = param->get_next();
3793       ir_rvalue *val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3794       val->accept(this);
3795 
3796       param = param->get_next();
3797       ir_constant *write_mask = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_constant();
3798       assert(write_mask);
3799       dst.writemask = write_mask->value.u[0];
3800 
3801       dst.type = this->result.type;
3802       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_STORE, dst, off, this->result);
3803       inst->resource = buffer;
3804    } else {
3805       param = param->get_next();
3806       ir_rvalue *val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3807       val->accept(this);
3808 
3809       st_src_reg data = this->result, data2 = undef_src;
3810       enum tgsi_opcode opcode;
3811       switch (ir->callee->intrinsic_id) {
3812       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_add:
3813          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD;
3814          break;
3815       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_min:
3816          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMIN;
3817          break;
3818       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_max:
3819          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMAX;
3820          break;
3821       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_and:
3822          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMAND;
3823          break;
3824       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_or:
3825          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMOR;
3826          break;
3827       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_xor:
3828          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXOR;
3829          break;
3830       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_exchange:
3831          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXCHG;
3832          break;
3833       case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_comp_swap:
3834          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMCAS;
3835          param = param->get_next();
3836          val = ((ir_instruction *)param)->as_rvalue();
3837          val->accept(this);
3838          data2 = this->result;
3839          break;
3840       default:
3841          assert(!"Unexpected intrinsic");
3842          return;
3843       }
3844 
3845       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, dst, off, data, data2);
3846       inst->resource = buffer;
3847    }
3848 }
3849 
3850 static void
get_image_qualifiers(ir_dereference * ir,const glsl_type ** type,bool * memory_coherent,bool * memory_volatile,bool * memory_restrict,bool * memory_read_only,enum pipe_format * image_format)3851 get_image_qualifiers(ir_dereference *ir, const glsl_type **type,
3852                      bool *memory_coherent, bool *memory_volatile,
3853                      bool *memory_restrict, bool *memory_read_only,
3854                      enum pipe_format *image_format)
3855 {
3856 
3857    switch (ir->ir_type) {
3858    case ir_type_dereference_record: {
3859       ir_dereference_record *deref_record = ir->as_dereference_record();
3860       const glsl_type *struct_type = deref_record->record->type;
3861       int fild_idx = deref_record->field_idx;
3862 
3863       *type = struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].type->without_array();
3864       *memory_coherent =
3865          struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].memory_coherent;
3866       *memory_volatile =
3867          struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].memory_volatile;
3868       *memory_restrict =
3869          struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].memory_restrict;
3870       *memory_read_only =
3871          struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].memory_read_only;
3872       *image_format =
3873          struct_type->fields.structure[fild_idx].image_format;
3874       break;
3875    }
3876 
3877    case ir_type_dereference_array: {
3878       ir_dereference_array *deref_arr = ir->as_dereference_array();
3879       get_image_qualifiers((ir_dereference *)deref_arr->array, type,
3880                            memory_coherent, memory_volatile, memory_restrict,
3881                            memory_read_only, image_format);
3882       break;
3883    }
3884 
3885    case ir_type_dereference_variable: {
3886       ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced();
3887 
3888       *type = var->type->without_array();
3889       *memory_coherent = var->data.memory_coherent;
3890       *memory_volatile = var->data.memory_volatile;
3891       *memory_restrict = var->data.memory_restrict;
3892       *memory_read_only = var->data.memory_read_only;
3893       *image_format = var->data.image_format;
3894       break;
3895    }
3896 
3897    default:
3898       break;
3899    }
3900 }
3901 
3902 void
visit_image_intrinsic(ir_call * ir)3903 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_image_intrinsic(ir_call *ir)
3904 {
3905    exec_node *param = ir->actual_parameters.get_head();
3906 
3907    ir_dereference *img = (ir_dereference *)param;
3908    const ir_variable *imgvar = img->variable_referenced();
3909    unsigned sampler_array_size = 1, sampler_base = 0;
3910    bool memory_coherent = false, memory_volatile = false,
3911         memory_restrict = false, memory_read_only = false;
3912    enum pipe_format image_format = PIPE_FORMAT_NONE;
3913    const glsl_type *type = NULL;
3914 
3915    get_image_qualifiers(img, &type, &memory_coherent, &memory_volatile,
3916                         &memory_restrict, &memory_read_only, &image_format);
3917 
3918    st_src_reg reladdr;
3919    st_src_reg image(PROGRAM_IMAGE, 0, GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
3920    uint16_t index = 0;
3921    get_deref_offsets(img, &sampler_array_size, &sampler_base,
3922                      &index, &reladdr, !imgvar->contains_bindless());
3923 
3924    image.index = index;
3925    if (reladdr.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
3926       image.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
3927       *image.reladdr = reladdr;
3928       emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, reladdr);
3929    }
3930 
3931    st_dst_reg dst = undef_dst;
3932    if (ir->return_deref) {
3933       ir->return_deref->accept(this);
3934       dst = st_dst_reg(this->result);
3935       dst.writemask = (1 << ir->return_deref->type->vector_elements) - 1;
3936    }
3937 
3938    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst;
3939 
3940    st_src_reg bindless;
3941    if (imgvar->contains_bindless()) {
3942       img->accept(this);
3943       bindless = this->result;
3944    }
3945 
3946    if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_image_size) {
3947       dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
3948       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RESQ, dst);
3949    } else if (ir->callee->intrinsic_id == ir_intrinsic_image_samples) {
3950       st_src_reg res = get_temp(glsl_type::ivec4_type);
3951       st_dst_reg dstres = st_dst_reg(res);
3952       dstres.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
3953       inst = emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RESQ, dstres);
3954       res.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
3955       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, dst, res);
3956    } else {
3957       st_src_reg arg1 = undef_src, arg2 = undef_src;
3958       st_src_reg coord;
3959       st_dst_reg coord_dst;
3960       coord = get_temp(glsl_type::ivec4_type);
3961       coord_dst = st_dst_reg(coord);
3962       coord_dst.writemask = (1 << type->coordinate_components()) - 1;
3963       param = param->get_next();
3964       ((ir_dereference *)param)->accept(this);
3965       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);
3966       coord.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
3967       switch (type->coordinate_components()) {
3968       case 4: assert(!"unexpected coord count");
3969       FALLTHROUGH;
3970       case 3: coord.swizzle |= SWIZZLE_Z << 6;
3971       FALLTHROUGH;
3972       case 2: coord.swizzle |= SWIZZLE_Y << 3;
3973       }
3974 
3975       if (type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_MS) {
3976          param = param->get_next();
3977          ((ir_dereference *)param)->accept(this);
3978          st_src_reg sample = this->result;
3979          sample.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XXXX;
3980          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
3981          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, sample);
3982          coord.swizzle |= SWIZZLE_W << 9;
3983       }
3984 
3985       param = param->get_next();
3986       if (!param->is_tail_sentinel()) {
3987          ((ir_dereference *)param)->accept(this);
3988          arg1 = this->result;
3989          param = param->get_next();
3990       }
3991 
3992       if (!param->is_tail_sentinel()) {
3993          ((ir_dereference *)param)->accept(this);
3994          arg2 = this->result;
3995          param = param->get_next();
3996       }
3997 
3998       assert(param->is_tail_sentinel());
3999 
4000       enum tgsi_opcode opcode;
4001       switch (ir->callee->intrinsic_id) {
4002       case ir_intrinsic_image_load:
4003          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD;
4004          break;
4005       case ir_intrinsic_image_store:
4006          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_STORE;
4007          break;
4008       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_add:
4009          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD;
4010          break;
4011       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_min:
4012          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMIN;
4013          break;
4014       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_max:
4015          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMAX;
4016          break;
4017       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_and:
4018          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMAND;
4019          break;
4020       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_or:
4021          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMOR;
4022          break;
4023       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_xor:
4024          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXOR;
4025          break;
4026       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_exchange:
4027          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXCHG;
4028          break;
4029       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_comp_swap:
4030          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMCAS;
4031          break;
4032       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_inc_wrap: {
4033          /* There's a bit of disagreement between GLSL and the hardware. The
4034           * hardware wants to wrap after the given wrap value, while GLSL
4035           * wants to wrap at the value. Subtract 1 to make up the difference.
4036           */
4037          st_src_reg wrap = get_temp(glsl_type::uint_type);
4038          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, st_dst_reg(wrap),
4039                   arg1, st_src_reg_for_int(-1));
4040          arg1 = wrap;
4041          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMINC_WRAP;
4042          break;
4043       }
4044       case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_dec_wrap:
4045          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMDEC_WRAP;
4046          break;
4047       default:
4048          assert(!"Unexpected intrinsic");
4049          return;
4050       }
4051 
4052       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, dst, coord, arg1, arg2);
4053       if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_STORE)
4054          inst->dst[0].writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4055    }
4056 
4057    if (imgvar->contains_bindless()) {
4058       inst->resource = bindless;
4059       inst->resource.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y,
4060                                              SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
4061    } else {
4062       inst->resource = image;
4063       inst->sampler_array_size = sampler_array_size;
4064       inst->sampler_base = sampler_base;
4065    }
4066 
4067    inst->tex_target = type->sampler_index();
4068    inst->image_format = image_format;
4069    inst->read_only = memory_read_only;
4070 
4071    if (memory_coherent)
4072       inst->buffer_access |= TGSI_MEMORY_COHERENT;
4073    if (memory_restrict)
4074       inst->buffer_access |= TGSI_MEMORY_RESTRICT;
4075    if (memory_volatile)
4076       inst->buffer_access |= TGSI_MEMORY_VOLATILE;
4077 }
4078 
4079 void
visit_generic_intrinsic(ir_call * ir,enum tgsi_opcode op)4080 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit_generic_intrinsic(ir_call *ir, enum tgsi_opcode op)
4081 {
4082    ir->return_deref->accept(this);
4083    st_dst_reg dst = st_dst_reg(this->result);
4084 
4085    dst.writemask = u_bit_consecutive(0, ir->return_deref->var->type->vector_elements);
4086 
4087    st_src_reg src[4] = { undef_src, undef_src, undef_src, undef_src };
4088    unsigned num_src = 0;
4089    foreach_in_list(ir_rvalue, param, &ir->actual_parameters) {
4090       assert(num_src < ARRAY_SIZE(src));
4091 
4092       this->result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
4093       param->accept(this);
4094       assert(this->result.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
4095 
4096       src[num_src] = this->result;
4097       num_src++;
4098    }
4099 
4100    emit_asm(ir, op, dst, src[0], src[1], src[2], src[3]);
4101 }
4102 
4103 void
visit(ir_call * ir)4104 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_call *ir)
4105 {
4106    ir_function_signature *sig = ir->callee;
4107 
4108    /* Filter out intrinsics */
4109    switch (sig->intrinsic_id) {
4110    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_read:
4111    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_increment:
4112    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_predecrement:
4113    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_add:
4114    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_min:
4115    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_max:
4116    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_and:
4117    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_or:
4118    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_xor:
4119    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_exchange:
4120    case ir_intrinsic_atomic_counter_comp_swap:
4121       visit_atomic_counter_intrinsic(ir);
4122       return;
4123 
4124    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_load:
4125    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_store:
4126    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_add:
4127    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_min:
4128    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_max:
4129    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_and:
4130    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_or:
4131    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_xor:
4132    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_exchange:
4133    case ir_intrinsic_ssbo_atomic_comp_swap:
4134       visit_ssbo_intrinsic(ir);
4135       return;
4136 
4137    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier:
4138    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_atomic_counter:
4139    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_buffer:
4140    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_image:
4141    case ir_intrinsic_memory_barrier_shared:
4142    case ir_intrinsic_group_memory_barrier:
4143       visit_membar_intrinsic(ir);
4144       return;
4145 
4146    case ir_intrinsic_shared_load:
4147    case ir_intrinsic_shared_store:
4148    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_add:
4149    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_min:
4150    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_max:
4151    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_and:
4152    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_or:
4153    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_xor:
4154    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_exchange:
4155    case ir_intrinsic_shared_atomic_comp_swap:
4156       visit_shared_intrinsic(ir);
4157       return;
4158 
4159    case ir_intrinsic_image_load:
4160    case ir_intrinsic_image_store:
4161    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_add:
4162    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_min:
4163    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_max:
4164    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_and:
4165    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_or:
4166    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_xor:
4167    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_exchange:
4168    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_comp_swap:
4169    case ir_intrinsic_image_size:
4170    case ir_intrinsic_image_samples:
4171    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_inc_wrap:
4172    case ir_intrinsic_image_atomic_dec_wrap:
4173       visit_image_intrinsic(ir);
4174       return;
4175 
4176    case ir_intrinsic_shader_clock:
4177       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_CLOCK);
4178       return;
4179 
4180    case ir_intrinsic_vote_all:
4181       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_VOTE_ALL);
4182       return;
4183    case ir_intrinsic_vote_any:
4184       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_VOTE_ANY);
4185       return;
4186    case ir_intrinsic_vote_eq:
4187       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_VOTE_EQ);
4188       return;
4189    case ir_intrinsic_ballot:
4190       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_BALLOT);
4191       return;
4192    case ir_intrinsic_read_first_invocation:
4193       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_READ_FIRST);
4194       return;
4195    case ir_intrinsic_read_invocation:
4196       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_READ_INVOC);
4197       return;
4198 
4199    case ir_intrinsic_helper_invocation:
4200       visit_generic_intrinsic(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_READ_HELPER);
4201       return;
4202 
4203    case ir_intrinsic_invalid:
4204    case ir_intrinsic_generic_load:
4205    case ir_intrinsic_generic_store:
4206    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_add:
4207    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_and:
4208    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_or:
4209    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_xor:
4210    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_min:
4211    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_max:
4212    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_exchange:
4213    case ir_intrinsic_generic_atomic_comp_swap:
4214    case ir_intrinsic_begin_invocation_interlock:
4215    case ir_intrinsic_end_invocation_interlock:
4216       unreachable("Invalid intrinsic");
4217    }
4218 }
4219 
4220 void
calc_deref_offsets(ir_dereference * tail,unsigned * array_elements,uint16_t * index,st_src_reg * indirect,unsigned * location)4221 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::calc_deref_offsets(ir_dereference *tail,
4222                                          unsigned *array_elements,
4223                                          uint16_t *index,
4224                                          st_src_reg *indirect,
4225                                          unsigned *location)
4226 {
4227    switch (tail->ir_type) {
4228    case ir_type_dereference_record: {
4229       ir_dereference_record *deref_record = tail->as_dereference_record();
4230       const glsl_type *struct_type = deref_record->record->type;
4231       int field_index = deref_record->field_idx;
4232 
4233       calc_deref_offsets(deref_record->record->as_dereference(), array_elements, index, indirect, location);
4234 
4235       assert(field_index >= 0);
4236       *location += struct_type->struct_location_offset(field_index);
4237       break;
4238    }
4239 
4240    case ir_type_dereference_array: {
4241       ir_dereference_array *deref_arr = tail->as_dereference_array();
4242 
4243       void *mem_ctx = ralloc_parent(deref_arr);
4244       ir_constant *array_index =
4245          deref_arr->array_index->constant_expression_value(mem_ctx);
4246 
4247       if (!array_index) {
4248          st_src_reg temp_reg;
4249          st_dst_reg temp_dst;
4250 
4251          temp_reg = get_temp(glsl_type::uint_type);
4252          temp_dst = st_dst_reg(temp_reg);
4253          temp_dst.writemask = 1;
4254 
4255          deref_arr->array_index->accept(this);
4256          if (*array_elements != 1)
4257             emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, temp_dst, this->result, st_src_reg_for_int(*array_elements));
4258          else
4259             emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, temp_dst, this->result);
4260 
4261          if (indirect->file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED)
4262             *indirect = temp_reg;
4263          else {
4264             temp_dst = st_dst_reg(*indirect);
4265             temp_dst.writemask = 1;
4266             emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_ADD, temp_dst, *indirect, temp_reg);
4267          }
4268       } else
4269          *index += array_index->value.u[0] * *array_elements;
4270 
4271       *array_elements *= deref_arr->array->type->length;
4272 
4273       calc_deref_offsets(deref_arr->array->as_dereference(), array_elements, index, indirect, location);
4274       break;
4275    }
4276    default:
4277       break;
4278    }
4279 }
4280 
4281 void
get_deref_offsets(ir_dereference * ir,unsigned * array_size,unsigned * base,uint16_t * index,st_src_reg * reladdr,bool opaque)4282 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_deref_offsets(ir_dereference *ir,
4283                                         unsigned *array_size,
4284                                         unsigned *base,
4285                                         uint16_t *index,
4286                                         st_src_reg *reladdr,
4287                                         bool opaque)
4288 {
4289    GLuint shader = _mesa_program_enum_to_shader_stage(this->prog->Target);
4290    unsigned location = 0;
4291    ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced();
4292 
4293    reladdr->reset();
4294 
4295    *base = 0;
4296    *array_size = 1;
4297 
4298    assert(var);
4299    location = var->data.location;
4300    calc_deref_offsets(ir, array_size, index, reladdr, &location);
4301 
4302    /*
4303     * If we end up with no indirect then adjust the base to the index,
4304     * and set the array size to 1.
4305     */
4306    if (reladdr->file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
4307       *base = *index;
4308       *array_size = 1;
4309    }
4310 
4311    if (opaque) {
4312       assert(location != 0xffffffff);
4313       *base += this->shader_program->data->UniformStorage[location].opaque[shader].index;
4314       *index += this->shader_program->data->UniformStorage[location].opaque[shader].index;
4315    }
4316 }
4317 
4318 st_src_reg
canonicalize_gather_offset(st_src_reg offset)4319 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::canonicalize_gather_offset(st_src_reg offset)
4320 {
4321    if (offset.reladdr || offset.reladdr2 ||
4322        offset.has_index2 ||
4323        offset.file == PROGRAM_UNIFORM ||
4324        offset.file == PROGRAM_CONSTANT ||
4325        offset.file == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR) {
4326       st_src_reg tmp = get_temp(glsl_type::ivec2_type);
4327       st_dst_reg tmp_dst = st_dst_reg(tmp);
4328       tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;
4329       emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, offset);
4330       return tmp;
4331    }
4332 
4333    return offset;
4334 }
4335 
4336 bool
handle_bound_deref(ir_dereference * ir)4337 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::handle_bound_deref(ir_dereference *ir)
4338 {
4339    ir_variable *var = ir->variable_referenced();
4340 
4341    if (!var || var->data.mode != ir_var_uniform || var->data.bindless ||
4342        !(ir->type->is_image() || ir->type->is_sampler()))
4343       return false;
4344 
4345    /* Convert from bound sampler/image to bindless handle. */
4346    bool is_image = ir->type->is_image();
4347    st_src_reg resource(is_image ? PROGRAM_IMAGE : PROGRAM_SAMPLER, 0, GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
4348    uint16_t index = 0;
4349    unsigned array_size = 1, base = 0;
4350    st_src_reg reladdr;
4351    get_deref_offsets(ir, &array_size, &base, &index, &reladdr, true);
4352 
4353    resource.index = index;
4354    if (reladdr.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
4355       resource.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
4356       *resource.reladdr = reladdr;
4357       emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, reladdr);
4358    }
4359 
4360    this->result = get_temp(glsl_type::uvec2_type);
4361    st_dst_reg dst(this->result);
4362    dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;
4363 
4364    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst = emit_asm(
4365       ir, is_image ? TGSI_OPCODE_IMG2HND : TGSI_OPCODE_SAMP2HND, dst);
4366 
4367    inst->tex_target = ir->type->sampler_index();
4368    inst->resource = resource;
4369    inst->sampler_array_size = array_size;
4370    inst->sampler_base = base;
4371 
4372    return true;
4373 }
4374 
4375 void
visit(ir_texture * ir)4376 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_texture *ir)
4377 {
4378    st_src_reg result_src, coord, cube_sc, lod_info, projector, dx, dy;
4379    st_src_reg offset[MAX_GLSL_TEXTURE_OFFSET], sample_index, component;
4380    st_src_reg levels_src, reladdr;
4381    st_dst_reg result_dst, coord_dst, cube_sc_dst;
4382    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst = NULL;
4383    enum tgsi_opcode opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_NOP;
4384    const glsl_type *sampler_type = ir->sampler->type;
4385    unsigned sampler_array_size = 1, sampler_base = 0;
4386    bool is_cube_array = false;
4387    ir_variable *var = ir->sampler->variable_referenced();
4388    unsigned i;
4389 
4390    /* if we are a cube array sampler or a cube shadow */
4391    if (sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE) {
4392       is_cube_array = sampler_type->sampler_array;
4393    }
4394 
4395    if (ir->coordinate) {
4396       ir->coordinate->accept(this);
4397 
4398       /* Put our coords in a temp.  We'll need to modify them for shadow,
4399        * projection, or LOD, so the only case we'd use it as-is is if
4400        * we're doing plain old texturing.  The optimization passes on
4401        * glsl_to_tgsi_visitor should handle cleaning up our mess in that case.
4402        */
4403       coord = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
4404       coord_dst = st_dst_reg(coord);
4405       coord_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->coordinate->type->vector_elements) - 1;
4406       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);
4407    }
4408 
4409    if (ir->projector) {
4410       ir->projector->accept(this);
4411       projector = this->result;
4412    }
4413 
4414    /* Storage for our result.  Ideally for an assignment we'd be using
4415     * the actual storage for the result here, instead.
4416     */
4417    result_src = get_temp(ir->type);
4418    result_dst = st_dst_reg(result_src);
4419    result_dst.writemask = (1 << ir->type->vector_elements) - 1;
4420 
4421    switch (ir->op) {
4422    case ir_tex:
4423       opcode = (is_cube_array && ir->shadow_comparator) ? TGSI_OPCODE_TEX2 : TGSI_OPCODE_TEX;
4424       if (ir->offset) {
4425          ir->offset->accept(this);
4426          offset[0] = this->result;
4427       }
4428       break;
4429    case ir_txb:
4430       if (is_cube_array ||
4431          (sampler_type->sampler_shadow && sampler_type->coordinate_components() >= 3)) {
4432          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXB2;
4433       }
4434       else {
4435          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXB;
4436       }
4437       ir->lod_info.bias->accept(this);
4438       lod_info = this->result;
4439       if (ir->offset) {
4440          ir->offset->accept(this);
4441          offset[0] = this->result;
4442       }
4443       break;
4444    case ir_txl:
4445       if (this->has_tex_txf_lz && ir->lod_info.lod->is_zero()) {
4446          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TEX_LZ;
4447       } else {
4448          opcode = (is_cube_array || (sampler_type->sampler_shadow && sampler_type->coordinate_components() >= 3)) ? TGSI_OPCODE_TXL2 : TGSI_OPCODE_TXL;
4449          ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);
4450          lod_info = this->result;
4451       }
4452       if (ir->offset) {
4453          ir->offset->accept(this);
4454          offset[0] = this->result;
4455       }
4456       break;
4457    case ir_txd:
4458       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXD;
4459       ir->lod_info.grad.dPdx->accept(this);
4460       dx = this->result;
4461       ir->lod_info.grad.dPdy->accept(this);
4462       dy = this->result;
4463       if (ir->offset) {
4464          ir->offset->accept(this);
4465          offset[0] = this->result;
4466       }
4467       break;
4468    case ir_txs:
4469       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXQ;
4470       ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);
4471       lod_info = this->result;
4472       break;
4473    case ir_query_levels:
4474       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXQ;
4475       lod_info = undef_src;
4476       levels_src = get_temp(ir->type);
4477       break;
4478    case ir_txf:
4479       if (this->has_tex_txf_lz && ir->lod_info.lod->is_zero()) {
4480          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXF_LZ;
4481       } else {
4482          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXF;
4483          ir->lod_info.lod->accept(this);
4484          lod_info = this->result;
4485       }
4486       if (ir->offset) {
4487          ir->offset->accept(this);
4488          offset[0] = this->result;
4489       }
4490       break;
4491    case ir_txf_ms:
4492       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXF;
4493       ir->lod_info.sample_index->accept(this);
4494       sample_index = this->result;
4495       break;
4496    case ir_tg4:
4497       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TG4;
4498       ir->lod_info.component->accept(this);
4499       component = this->result;
4500       if (ir->offset) {
4501          ir->offset->accept(this);
4502          if (ir->offset->type->is_array()) {
4503             const glsl_type *elt_type = ir->offset->type->fields.array;
4504             for (i = 0; i < ir->offset->type->length; i++) {
4505                offset[i] = this->result;
4506                offset[i].index += i * type_size(elt_type);
4507                offset[i].type = elt_type->base_type;
4508                offset[i].swizzle = swizzle_for_size(elt_type->vector_elements);
4509                offset[i] = canonicalize_gather_offset(offset[i]);
4510             }
4511          } else {
4512             offset[0] = canonicalize_gather_offset(this->result);
4513          }
4514       }
4515       break;
4516    case ir_lod:
4517       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_LODQ;
4518       break;
4519    case ir_texture_samples:
4520       opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXQS;
4521       break;
4522    case ir_samples_identical:
4523       unreachable("Unexpected ir_samples_identical opcode");
4524    }
4525 
4526    if (ir->projector) {
4527       if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TEX) {
4528          /* Slot the projector in as the last component of the coord. */
4529          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
4530          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, projector);
4531          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4532          opcode = TGSI_OPCODE_TXP;
4533       } else {
4534          st_src_reg coord_w = coord;
4535          coord_w.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
4536 
4537          /* For the other TEX opcodes there's no projective version
4538           * since the last slot is taken up by LOD info.  Do the
4539           * projective divide now.
4540           */
4541          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
4542          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RCP, coord_dst, projector);
4543 
4544          /* In the case where we have to project the coordinates "by hand,"
4545           * the shadow comparator value must also be projected.
4546           */
4547          st_src_reg tmp_src = coord;
4548          if (ir->shadow_comparator) {
4549             /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the
4550              * coord.
4551              */
4552             ir->shadow_comparator->accept(this);
4553 
4554             tmp_src = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
4555             st_dst_reg tmp_dst = st_dst_reg(tmp_src);
4556 
4557             /* Projective division not allowed for array samplers. */
4558             assert(!sampler_type->sampler_array);
4559 
4560             tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
4561             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, this->result);
4562 
4563             tmp_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XY;
4564             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, tmp_dst, coord);
4565          }
4566 
4567          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
4568          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MUL, coord_dst, tmp_src, coord_w);
4569 
4570          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4571          coord.swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
4572       }
4573    }
4574 
4575    /* If projection is done and the opcode is not TGSI_OPCODE_TXP, then the
4576     * shadow comparator was put in the correct place (and projected) by the
4577     * code, above, that handles by-hand projection.
4578     */
4579    if (ir->shadow_comparator && (!ir->projector || opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXP)) {
4580       /* Slot the shadow value in as the second to last component of the
4581        * coord.
4582        */
4583       ir->shadow_comparator->accept(this);
4584 
4585       if (is_cube_array) {
4586          if (lod_info.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
4587             // If we have both a cube array *and* a bias/lod, stick the
4588             // comparator into the .Y of the second argument.
4589             st_src_reg tmp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec2_type);
4590             cube_sc_dst = st_dst_reg(tmp);
4591             cube_sc_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
4592             emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, cube_sc_dst, lod_info);
4593             lod_info = tmp;
4594             cube_sc_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Y;
4595          } else {
4596             cube_sc = get_temp(glsl_type::float_type);
4597             cube_sc_dst = st_dst_reg(cube_sc);
4598             cube_sc_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
4599          }
4600          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, cube_sc_dst, this->result);
4601       }
4602       else {
4603          if ((sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_2D &&
4604               sampler_type->sampler_array) ||
4605              sampler_type->sampler_dimensionality == GLSL_SAMPLER_DIM_CUBE) {
4606             coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
4607          } else {
4608             coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_Z;
4609          }
4610          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, this->result);
4611          coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4612       }
4613    }
4614 
4615    if (ir->op == ir_txf_ms) {
4616       coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
4617       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, sample_index);
4618       coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4619    } else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXL || opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXB ||
4620        opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXF) {
4621       /* TGSI stores LOD or LOD bias in the last channel of the coords. */
4622       coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_W;
4623       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, coord_dst, lod_info);
4624       coord_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
4625    }
4626 
4627    st_src_reg sampler(PROGRAM_SAMPLER, 0, GLSL_TYPE_UINT);
4628 
4629    uint16_t index = 0;
4630    get_deref_offsets(ir->sampler, &sampler_array_size, &sampler_base,
4631                      &index, &reladdr, !var->contains_bindless());
4632 
4633    sampler.index = index;
4634    if (reladdr.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED) {
4635       sampler.reladdr = ralloc(mem_ctx, st_src_reg);
4636       *sampler.reladdr = reladdr;
4637       emit_arl(ir, sampler_reladdr, reladdr);
4638    }
4639 
4640    st_src_reg bindless;
4641    if (var->contains_bindless()) {
4642       ir->sampler->accept(this);
4643       bindless = this->result;
4644    }
4645 
4646    if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXD)
4647       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, dx, dy);
4648    else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXQ) {
4649       if (ir->op == ir_query_levels) {
4650          /* the level is stored in W */
4651          inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, st_dst_reg(levels_src), lod_info);
4652          result_dst.writemask = WRITEMASK_X;
4653          levels_src.swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
4654          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_MOV, result_dst, levels_src);
4655       } else
4656          inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, lod_info);
4657    } else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXQS) {
4658       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst);
4659    } else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXL2 || opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TXB2) {
4660       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, lod_info);
4661    } else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TEX2) {
4662       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, cube_sc);
4663    } else if (opcode == TGSI_OPCODE_TG4) {
4664       if (is_cube_array && ir->shadow_comparator) {
4665          inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, cube_sc);
4666       } else {
4667          if (this->tg4_component_in_swizzle) {
4668             inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord);
4669             int idx = 0;
4670             foreach_in_list(immediate_storage, entry, &this->immediates) {
4671                if (component.index == idx) {
4672                   gl_constant_value value = entry->values[component.swizzle];
4673                   inst->gather_component = value.i;
4674                   break;
4675                }
4676                idx++;
4677             }
4678          } else {
4679             inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord, component);
4680          }
4681       }
4682    } else
4683       inst = emit_asm(ir, opcode, result_dst, coord);
4684 
4685    if (ir->shadow_comparator)
4686       inst->tex_shadow = GL_TRUE;
4687 
4688    if (var->contains_bindless()) {
4689       inst->resource = bindless;
4690       inst->resource.swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y,
4691                                              SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y);
4692    } else {
4693       inst->resource = sampler;
4694       inst->sampler_array_size = sampler_array_size;
4695       inst->sampler_base = sampler_base;
4696    }
4697 
4698    if (ir->offset) {
4699       if (!inst->tex_offsets)
4700          inst->tex_offsets = rzalloc_array(inst, st_src_reg,
4701                                            MAX_GLSL_TEXTURE_OFFSET);
4702 
4703       for (i = 0; i < MAX_GLSL_TEXTURE_OFFSET &&
4704                   offset[i].file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED; i++)
4705          inst->tex_offsets[i] = offset[i];
4706       inst->tex_offset_num_offset = i;
4707    }
4708 
4709    inst->tex_target = sampler_type->sampler_index();
4710    inst->tex_type = ir->type->base_type;
4711 
4712    this->result = result_src;
4713 }
4714 
4715 void
visit(ir_return * ir)4716 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_return *ir)
4717 {
4718    assert(!ir->get_value());
4719 
4720    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_RET);
4721 }
4722 
4723 void
visit(ir_discard * ir)4724 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_discard *ir)
4725 {
4726    if (ir->condition) {
4727       ir->condition->accept(this);
4728       st_src_reg condition = this->result;
4729 
4730       /* Convert the bool condition to a float so we can negate. */
4731       if (native_integers) {
4732          st_src_reg temp = get_temp(ir->condition->type);
4733          emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_AND, st_dst_reg(temp),
4734               condition, st_src_reg_for_float(1.0));
4735          condition = temp;
4736       }
4737 
4738       condition.negate = ~condition.negate;
4739       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_KILL_IF, undef_dst, condition);
4740    } else {
4741       /* unconditional kil */
4742       emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_KILL);
4743    }
4744 }
4745 
4746 void
visit(ir_demote * ir)4747 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_demote *ir)
4748 {
4749    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_DEMOTE);
4750 }
4751 
4752 void
visit(ir_if * ir)4753 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_if *ir)
4754 {
4755    enum tgsi_opcode if_opcode;
4756    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *if_inst;
4757 
4758    ir->condition->accept(this);
4759    assert(this->result.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
4760 
4761    if_opcode = native_integers ? TGSI_OPCODE_UIF : TGSI_OPCODE_IF;
4762 
4763    if_inst = emit_asm(ir->condition, if_opcode, undef_dst, this->result);
4764 
4765    this->instructions.push_tail(if_inst);
4766 
4767    visit_exec_list(&ir->then_instructions, this);
4768 
4769    if (!ir->else_instructions.is_empty()) {
4770       emit_asm(ir->condition, TGSI_OPCODE_ELSE);
4771       visit_exec_list(&ir->else_instructions, this);
4772    }
4773 
4774    if_inst = emit_asm(ir->condition, TGSI_OPCODE_ENDIF);
4775 }
4776 
4777 
4778 void
visit(ir_emit_vertex * ir)4779 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_emit_vertex *ir)
4780 {
4781    assert(this->prog->Target == GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV);
4782 
4783    ir->stream->accept(this);
4784    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_EMIT, undef_dst, this->result);
4785 }
4786 
4787 void
visit(ir_end_primitive * ir)4788 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_end_primitive *ir)
4789 {
4790    assert(this->prog->Target == GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV);
4791 
4792    ir->stream->accept(this);
4793    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_ENDPRIM, undef_dst, this->result);
4794 }
4795 
4796 void
visit(ir_barrier * ir)4797 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::visit(ir_barrier *ir)
4798 {
4799    assert(this->prog->Target == GL_TESS_CONTROL_PROGRAM_NV ||
4800           this->prog->Target == GL_COMPUTE_PROGRAM_NV);
4801 
4802    emit_asm(ir, TGSI_OPCODE_BARRIER);
4803 }
4804 
glsl_to_tgsi_visitor()4805 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::glsl_to_tgsi_visitor()
4806 {
4807    STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(samplers_used) * 8 >= PIPE_MAX_SAMPLERS);
4808 
4809    result.file = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED;
4810    next_temp = 1;
4811    array_sizes = NULL;
4812    max_num_arrays = 0;
4813    next_array = 0;
4814    num_inputs = 0;
4815    num_outputs = 0;
4816    num_input_arrays = 0;
4817    num_output_arrays = 0;
4818    num_atomics = 0;
4819    num_atomic_arrays = 0;
4820    num_immediates = 0;
4821    num_address_regs = 0;
4822    samplers_used = 0;
4823    images_used = 0;
4824    indirect_addr_consts = false;
4825    wpos_transform_const = -1;
4826    native_integers = false;
4827    mem_ctx = ralloc_context(NULL);
4828    ctx = NULL;
4829    prog = NULL;
4830    precise = 0;
4831    need_uarl = false;
4832    tg4_component_in_swizzle = false;
4833    shader_program = NULL;
4834    shader = NULL;
4835    options = NULL;
4836    have_sqrt = false;
4837    have_fma = false;
4838    use_shared_memory = false;
4839    has_tex_txf_lz = false;
4840    variables = NULL;
4841 }
4842 
var_destroy(struct hash_entry * entry)4843 static void var_destroy(struct hash_entry *entry)
4844 {
4845    variable_storage *storage = (variable_storage *)entry->data;
4846 
4847    delete storage;
4848 }
4849 
~glsl_to_tgsi_visitor()4850 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::~glsl_to_tgsi_visitor()
4851 {
4852    _mesa_hash_table_destroy(variables, var_destroy);
4853    free(array_sizes);
4854    ralloc_free(mem_ctx);
4855 }
4856 
free_glsl_to_tgsi_visitor(glsl_to_tgsi_visitor * v)4857 extern "C" void free_glsl_to_tgsi_visitor(glsl_to_tgsi_visitor *v)
4858 {
4859    delete v;
4860 }
4861 
4862 
4863 /**
4864  * Count resources used by the given gpu program (number of texture
4865  * samplers, etc).
4866  */
4867 static void
count_resources(glsl_to_tgsi_visitor * v,gl_program * prog)4868 count_resources(glsl_to_tgsi_visitor *v, gl_program *prog)
4869 {
4870    v->samplers_used = 0;
4871    v->images_used = 0;
4872    BITSET_ZERO(prog->info.textures_used_by_txf);
4873 
4874    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &v->instructions) {
4875       if (inst->info->is_tex) {
4876          for (int i = 0; i < inst->sampler_array_size; i++) {
4877             unsigned idx = inst->sampler_base + i;
4878             v->samplers_used |= 1u << idx;
4879 
4880             debug_assert(idx < (int)ARRAY_SIZE(v->sampler_types));
4881             v->sampler_types[idx] = inst->tex_type;
4882             v->sampler_targets[idx] =
4883                st_translate_texture_target(inst->tex_target, inst->tex_shadow);
4884 
4885             if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_TXF || inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_TXF_LZ) {
4886                BITSET_SET(prog->info.textures_used_by_txf, idx);
4887             }
4888          }
4889       }
4890 
4891       if (inst->tex_target == TEXTURE_EXTERNAL_INDEX)
4892          prog->ExternalSamplersUsed |= 1 << inst->resource.index;
4893 
4894       if (inst->resource.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED && (
4895                 is_resource_instruction(inst->op) ||
4896                 inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_STORE)) {
4897          if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_MEMORY) {
4898             v->use_shared_memory = true;
4899          } else if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_IMAGE) {
4900             for (int i = 0; i < inst->sampler_array_size; i++) {
4901                unsigned idx = inst->sampler_base + i;
4902                v->images_used |= 1 << idx;
4903                v->image_targets[idx] =
4904                   st_translate_texture_target(inst->tex_target, false);
4905                v->image_formats[idx] = inst->image_format;
4906                v->image_wr[idx] = !inst->read_only;
4907             }
4908          }
4909       }
4910    }
4911    prog->SamplersUsed = v->samplers_used;
4912 
4913    if (v->shader_program != NULL)
4914       _mesa_update_shader_textures_used(v->shader_program, prog);
4915 }
4916 
4917 /**
4918  * Returns the mask of channels (bitmask of WRITEMASK_X,Y,Z,W) which
4919  * are read from the given src in this instruction
4920  */
4921 static int
get_src_arg_mask(st_dst_reg dst,st_src_reg src)4922 get_src_arg_mask(st_dst_reg dst, st_src_reg src)
4923 {
4924    int read_mask = 0, comp;
4925 
4926    /* Now, given the src swizzle and the written channels, find which
4927     * components are actually read
4928     */
4929    for (comp = 0; comp < 4; ++comp) {
4930       const unsigned coord = GET_SWZ(src.swizzle, comp);
4931       assert(coord < 4);
4932       if (dst.writemask & (1 << comp) && coord <= SWIZZLE_W)
4933          read_mask |= 1 << coord;
4934    }
4935 
4936    return read_mask;
4937 }
4938 
4939 /**
4940  * This pass replaces CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 with MOV T0, T2 when the CMP
4941  * instruction is the first instruction to write to register T0.  There are
4942  * several lowering passes done in GLSL IR (e.g. branches and
4943  * relative addressing) that create a large number of conditional assignments
4944  * that ir_to_mesa converts to CMP instructions like the one mentioned above.
4945  *
4946  * Here is why this conversion is safe:
4947  * CMP T0, T1 T2 T0 can be expanded to:
4948  * if (T1 < 0.0)
4949  *   MOV T0, T2;
4950  * else
4951  *   MOV T0, T0;
4952  *
4953  * If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to true then our replacement MOV T0, T2 is the same
4954  * as the original program.  If (T1 < 0.0) evaluates to false, executing
4955  * MOV T0, T0 will store a garbage value in T0 since T0 is uninitialized.
4956  * Therefore, it doesn't matter that we are replacing MOV T0, T0 with MOV T0, T2
4957  * because any instruction that was going to read from T0 after this was going
4958  * to read a garbage value anyway.
4959  */
4960 void
simplify_cmp(void)4961 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::simplify_cmp(void)
4962 {
4963    int tempWritesSize = 0;
4964    unsigned *tempWrites = NULL;
4965    unsigned outputWrites[VARYING_SLOT_TESS_MAX];
4966 
4967    memset(outputWrites, 0, sizeof(outputWrites));
4968 
4969    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
4970       unsigned prevWriteMask = 0;
4971 
4972       /* Give up if we encounter relative addressing or flow control. */
4973       if (inst->dst[0].reladdr || inst->dst[0].reladdr2 ||
4974           inst->dst[1].reladdr || inst->dst[1].reladdr2 ||
4975           inst->info->is_branch ||
4976           inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_CONT ||
4977           inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_END ||
4978           inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_RET) {
4979          break;
4980       }
4981 
4982       if (inst->dst[0].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
4983          assert(inst->dst[0].index < (signed)ARRAY_SIZE(outputWrites));
4984          prevWriteMask = outputWrites[inst->dst[0].index];
4985          outputWrites[inst->dst[0].index] |= inst->dst[0].writemask;
4986       } else if (inst->dst[0].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
4987          if (inst->dst[0].index >= tempWritesSize) {
4988             const int inc = 4096;
4989 
4990             tempWrites = (unsigned*)
4991                          realloc(tempWrites,
4992                                  (tempWritesSize + inc) * sizeof(unsigned));
4993             if (!tempWrites)
4994                return;
4995 
4996             memset(tempWrites + tempWritesSize, 0, inc * sizeof(unsigned));
4997             tempWritesSize += inc;
4998          }
4999 
5000          prevWriteMask = tempWrites[inst->dst[0].index];
5001          tempWrites[inst->dst[0].index] |= inst->dst[0].writemask;
5002       } else
5003          continue;
5004 
5005       /* For a CMP to be considered a conditional write, the destination
5006        * register and source register two must be the same. */
5007       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_CMP
5008           && !(inst->dst[0].writemask & prevWriteMask)
5009           && inst->src[2].file == inst->dst[0].file
5010           && inst->src[2].index == inst->dst[0].index
5011           && inst->dst[0].writemask ==
5012              get_src_arg_mask(inst->dst[0], inst->src[2])) {
5013 
5014          inst->op = TGSI_OPCODE_MOV;
5015          inst->info = tgsi_get_opcode_info(inst->op);
5016          inst->src[0] = inst->src[1];
5017       }
5018    }
5019 
5020    free(tempWrites);
5021 }
5022 
5023 static void
rename_temp_handle_src(struct rename_reg_pair * renames,st_src_reg * src)5024 rename_temp_handle_src(struct rename_reg_pair *renames, st_src_reg *src)
5025 {
5026    if (src && src->file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5027       int old_idx = src->index;
5028       if (renames[old_idx].valid)
5029          src->index = renames[old_idx].new_reg;
5030    }
5031 }
5032 
5033 /* Replaces all references to a temporary register index with another index. */
5034 void
rename_temp_registers(struct rename_reg_pair * renames)5035 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::rename_temp_registers(struct rename_reg_pair *renames)
5036 {
5037    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5038       unsigned j;
5039       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_src_regs(inst); j++) {
5040          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, &inst->src[j]);
5041          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->src[j].reladdr);
5042          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->src[j].reladdr2);
5043       }
5044 
5045       for (j = 0; j < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; j++) {
5046          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, &inst->tex_offsets[j]);
5047          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->tex_offsets[j].reladdr);
5048          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->tex_offsets[j].reladdr2);
5049       }
5050 
5051       rename_temp_handle_src(renames, &inst->resource);
5052       rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->resource.reladdr);
5053       rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->resource.reladdr2);
5054 
5055       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++) {
5056          if (inst->dst[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5057             int old_idx = inst->dst[j].index;
5058             if (renames[old_idx].valid)
5059                inst->dst[j].index = renames[old_idx].new_reg;
5060          }
5061          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->dst[j].reladdr);
5062          rename_temp_handle_src(renames, inst->dst[j].reladdr2);
5063       }
5064    }
5065 }
5066 
5067 void
get_first_temp_write(int * first_writes)5068 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_first_temp_write(int *first_writes)
5069 {
5070    int depth = 0; /* loop depth */
5071    int loop_start = -1; /* index of the first active BGNLOOP (if any) */
5072    unsigned i = 0, j;
5073 
5074    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5075       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++) {
5076          if (inst->dst[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5077             if (first_writes[inst->dst[j].index] == -1)
5078                 first_writes[inst->dst[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : loop_start;
5079          }
5080       }
5081 
5082       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP) {
5083          if (depth++ == 0)
5084             loop_start = i;
5085       } else if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP) {
5086          if (--depth == 0)
5087             loop_start = -1;
5088       }
5089       assert(depth >= 0);
5090       i++;
5091    }
5092 }
5093 
5094 void
get_first_temp_read(int * first_reads)5095 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_first_temp_read(int *first_reads)
5096 {
5097    int depth = 0; /* loop depth */
5098    int loop_start = -1; /* index of the first active BGNLOOP (if any) */
5099    unsigned i = 0, j;
5100 
5101    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5102       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_src_regs(inst); j++) {
5103          if (inst->src[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5104             if (first_reads[inst->src[j].index] == -1)
5105                 first_reads[inst->src[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : loop_start;
5106          }
5107       }
5108       for (j = 0; j < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; j++) {
5109          if (inst->tex_offsets[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5110             if (first_reads[inst->tex_offsets[j].index] == -1)
5111                first_reads[inst->tex_offsets[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : loop_start;
5112          }
5113       }
5114       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP) {
5115          if (depth++ == 0)
5116             loop_start = i;
5117       } else if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP) {
5118          if (--depth == 0)
5119             loop_start = -1;
5120       }
5121       assert(depth >= 0);
5122       i++;
5123    }
5124 }
5125 
5126 void
get_last_temp_read_first_temp_write(int * last_reads,int * first_writes)5127 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_last_temp_read_first_temp_write(int *last_reads, int *first_writes)
5128 {
5129    int depth = 0; /* loop depth */
5130    int loop_start = -1; /* index of the first active BGNLOOP (if any) */
5131    unsigned i = 0, j;
5132    int k;
5133    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5134       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_src_regs(inst); j++) {
5135          if (inst->src[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)
5136             last_reads[inst->src[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : -2;
5137       }
5138       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++) {
5139          if (inst->dst[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5140             if (first_writes[inst->dst[j].index] == -1)
5141                first_writes[inst->dst[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : loop_start;
5142             last_reads[inst->dst[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : -2;
5143          }
5144       }
5145       for (j = 0; j < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; j++) {
5146          if (inst->tex_offsets[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)
5147             last_reads[inst->tex_offsets[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : -2;
5148       }
5149       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP) {
5150          if (depth++ == 0)
5151             loop_start = i;
5152       } else if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP) {
5153          if (--depth == 0) {
5154             loop_start = -1;
5155             for (k = 0; k < this->next_temp; k++) {
5156                if (last_reads[k] == -2) {
5157                   last_reads[k] = i;
5158                }
5159             }
5160          }
5161       }
5162       assert(depth >= 0);
5163       i++;
5164    }
5165 }
5166 
5167 void
get_last_temp_write(int * last_writes)5168 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::get_last_temp_write(int *last_writes)
5169 {
5170    int depth = 0; /* loop depth */
5171    int i = 0, k;
5172    unsigned j;
5173 
5174    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5175       for (j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++) {
5176          if (inst->dst[j].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY)
5177             last_writes[inst->dst[j].index] = (depth == 0) ? i : -2;
5178       }
5179 
5180       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP)
5181          depth++;
5182       else if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP)
5183          if (--depth == 0) {
5184             for (k = 0; k < this->next_temp; k++) {
5185                if (last_writes[k] == -2) {
5186                   last_writes[k] = i;
5187                }
5188             }
5189          }
5190       assert(depth >= 0);
5191       i++;
5192    }
5193 }
5194 
5195 /*
5196  * On a basic block basis, tracks available PROGRAM_TEMPORARY register
5197  * channels for copy propagation and updates following instructions to
5198  * use the original versions.
5199  *
5200  * The glsl_to_tgsi_visitor lazily produces code assuming that this pass
5201  * will occur.  As an example, a TXP production before this pass:
5202  *
5203  * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;
5204  * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;
5205  * 2: TXP TEMP[2], TEMP[1], texture[0], 2D;
5206  *
5207  * and after:
5208  *
5209  * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;
5210  * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;
5211  * 2: TXP TEMP[2], INPUT[4].xyyw, texture[0], 2D;
5212  *
5213  * which allows for dead code elimination on TEMP[1]'s writes.
5214  */
5215 void
copy_propagate(void)5216 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::copy_propagate(void)
5217 {
5218    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction **acp = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx,
5219                                                   glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *,
5220                                                   this->next_temp * 4);
5221    int *acp_level = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, int, this->next_temp * 4);
5222    int level = 0;
5223 
5224    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5225       assert(inst->dst[0].file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY
5226              || inst->dst[0].index < this->next_temp);
5227 
5228       /* First, do any copy propagation possible into the src regs. */
5229       for (int r = 0; r < 3; r++) {
5230          glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *first = NULL;
5231          bool good = true;
5232          int acp_base = inst->src[r].index * 4;
5233 
5234          if (inst->src[r].file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
5235              inst->src[r].reladdr ||
5236              inst->src[r].reladdr2)
5237             continue;
5238 
5239          /* See if we can find entries in the ACP consisting of MOVs
5240           * from the same src register for all the swizzled channels
5241           * of this src register reference.
5242           */
5243          for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
5244             int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);
5245             glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *copy_chan = acp[acp_base + src_chan];
5246 
5247             if (!copy_chan) {
5248                good = false;
5249                break;
5250             }
5251 
5252             assert(acp_level[acp_base + src_chan] <= level);
5253 
5254             if (!first) {
5255                first = copy_chan;
5256             } else {
5257                if (first->src[0].file != copy_chan->src[0].file ||
5258                    first->src[0].index != copy_chan->src[0].index ||
5259                    first->src[0].double_reg2 != copy_chan->src[0].double_reg2 ||
5260                    first->src[0].index2D != copy_chan->src[0].index2D) {
5261                   good = false;
5262                   break;
5263                }
5264             }
5265          }
5266 
5267          if (good) {
5268             /* We've now validated that we can copy-propagate to
5269              * replace this src register reference.  Do it.
5270              */
5271             inst->src[r].file = first->src[0].file;
5272             inst->src[r].index = first->src[0].index;
5273             inst->src[r].index2D = first->src[0].index2D;
5274             inst->src[r].has_index2 = first->src[0].has_index2;
5275             inst->src[r].double_reg2 = first->src[0].double_reg2;
5276             inst->src[r].array_id = first->src[0].array_id;
5277 
5278             int swizzle = 0;
5279             for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
5280                int src_chan = GET_SWZ(inst->src[r].swizzle, i);
5281                glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *copy_inst = acp[acp_base + src_chan];
5282                swizzle |= (GET_SWZ(copy_inst->src[0].swizzle, src_chan) << (3 * i));
5283             }
5284             inst->src[r].swizzle = swizzle;
5285          }
5286       }
5287 
5288       switch (inst->op) {
5289       case TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
5290       case TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
5291          /* End of a basic block, clear the ACP entirely. */
5292          memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);
5293          break;
5294 
5295       case TGSI_OPCODE_IF:
5296       case TGSI_OPCODE_UIF:
5297          ++level;
5298          break;
5299 
5300       case TGSI_OPCODE_ENDIF:
5301       case TGSI_OPCODE_ELSE:
5302          /* Clear all channels written inside the block from the ACP, but
5303           * leaving those that were not touched.
5304           */
5305          for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
5306             for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5307                if (!acp[4 * r + c])
5308                   continue;
5309 
5310                if (acp_level[4 * r + c] >= level)
5311                   acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
5312             }
5313          }
5314          if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDIF)
5315             --level;
5316          break;
5317 
5318       default:
5319          /* Continuing the block, clear any written channels from
5320           * the ACP.
5321           */
5322          for (int d = 0; d < 2; d++) {
5323             if (inst->dst[d].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY && inst->dst[d].reladdr) {
5324                /* Any temporary might be written, so no copy propagation
5325                 * across this instruction.
5326                 */
5327                memset(acp, 0, sizeof(*acp) * this->next_temp * 4);
5328             } else if (inst->dst[d].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT &&
5329                        inst->dst[d].reladdr) {
5330                /* Any output might be written, so no copy propagation
5331                 * from outputs across this instruction.
5332                 */
5333                for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
5334                   for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5335                      if (!acp[4 * r + c])
5336                         continue;
5337 
5338                      if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT)
5339                         acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
5340                   }
5341                }
5342             } else if (inst->dst[d].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
5343                        inst->dst[d].file == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
5344                /* Clear where it's used as dst. */
5345                if (inst->dst[d].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5346                   for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5347                      if (inst->dst[d].writemask & (1 << c))
5348                         acp[4 * inst->dst[d].index + c] = NULL;
5349                   }
5350                }
5351 
5352                /* Clear where it's used as src. */
5353                for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
5354                   for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5355                      if (!acp[4 * r + c])
5356                         continue;
5357 
5358                      int src_chan = GET_SWZ(acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].swizzle, c);
5359 
5360                      if (acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].file == inst->dst[d].file &&
5361                          acp[4 * r + c]->src[0].index == inst->dst[d].index &&
5362                          inst->dst[d].writemask & (1 << src_chan)) {
5363                         acp[4 * r + c] = NULL;
5364                      }
5365                   }
5366                }
5367             }
5368          }
5369          break;
5370       }
5371 
5372       /* If this is a copy, add it to the ACP. */
5373       if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_MOV &&
5374           inst->dst[0].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
5375           !(inst->dst[0].file == inst->src[0].file &&
5376              inst->dst[0].index == inst->src[0].index) &&
5377           !inst->dst[0].reladdr &&
5378           !inst->dst[0].reladdr2 &&
5379           !inst->saturate &&
5380           inst->src[0].file != PROGRAM_ARRAY &&
5381           (inst->src[0].file != PROGRAM_OUTPUT ||
5382            this->shader->Stage != MESA_SHADER_TESS_CTRL) &&
5383           !inst->src[0].reladdr &&
5384           !inst->src[0].reladdr2 &&
5385           !inst->src[0].negate &&
5386           !inst->src[0].abs) {
5387          for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
5388             if (inst->dst[0].writemask & (1 << i)) {
5389                acp[4 * inst->dst[0].index + i] = inst;
5390                acp_level[4 * inst->dst[0].index + i] = level;
5391             }
5392          }
5393       }
5394    }
5395 
5396    ralloc_free(acp_level);
5397    ralloc_free(acp);
5398 }
5399 
5400 static void
dead_code_handle_reladdr(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction ** writes,st_src_reg * reladdr)5401 dead_code_handle_reladdr(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction **writes, st_src_reg *reladdr)
5402 {
5403    if (reladdr && reladdr->file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5404       /* Clear where it's used as src. */
5405       int swz = GET_SWZ(reladdr->swizzle, 0);
5406       writes[4 * reladdr->index + swz] = NULL;
5407    }
5408 }
5409 
5410 /*
5411  * On a basic block basis, tracks available PROGRAM_TEMPORARY registers for dead
5412  * code elimination.
5413  *
5414  * The glsl_to_tgsi_visitor lazily produces code assuming that this pass
5415  * will occur.  As an example, a TXP production after copy propagation but
5416  * before this pass:
5417  *
5418  * 0: MOV TEMP[1], INPUT[4].xyyy;
5419  * 1: MOV TEMP[1].w, INPUT[4].wwww;
5420  * 2: TXP TEMP[2], INPUT[4].xyyw, texture[0], 2D;
5421  *
5422  * and after this pass:
5423  *
5424  * 0: TXP TEMP[2], INPUT[4].xyyw, texture[0], 2D;
5425  */
5426 int
eliminate_dead_code(void)5427 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::eliminate_dead_code(void)
5428 {
5429    glsl_to_tgsi_instruction **writes = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx,
5430                                                      glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *,
5431                                                      this->next_temp * 4);
5432    int *write_level = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, int, this->next_temp * 4);
5433    int level = 0;
5434    int removed = 0;
5435 
5436    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5437       assert(inst->dst[0].file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY
5438              || inst->dst[0].index < this->next_temp);
5439 
5440       switch (inst->op) {
5441       case TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
5442       case TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
5443       case TGSI_OPCODE_CONT:
5444       case TGSI_OPCODE_BRK:
5445          /* End of a basic block, clear the write array entirely.
5446           *
5447           * This keeps us from killing dead code when the writes are
5448           * on either side of a loop, even when the register isn't touched
5449           * inside the loop.  However, glsl_to_tgsi_visitor doesn't seem to emit
5450           * dead code of this type, so it shouldn't make a difference as long as
5451           * the dead code elimination pass in the GLSL compiler does its job.
5452           */
5453          memset(writes, 0, sizeof(*writes) * this->next_temp * 4);
5454          break;
5455 
5456       case TGSI_OPCODE_ENDIF:
5457       case TGSI_OPCODE_ELSE:
5458          /* Promote the recorded level of all channels written inside the
5459           * preceding if or else block to the level above the if/else block.
5460           */
5461          for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
5462             for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5463                if (!writes[4 * r + c])
5464                   continue;
5465 
5466                if (write_level[4 * r + c] == level)
5467                   write_level[4 * r + c] = level-1;
5468             }
5469          }
5470          if (inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_ENDIF)
5471             --level;
5472          break;
5473 
5474       case TGSI_OPCODE_IF:
5475       case TGSI_OPCODE_UIF:
5476          ++level;
5477          FALLTHROUGH; /* to mark the condition as read */
5478       default:
5479          /* Continuing the block, clear any channels from the write array that
5480           * are read by this instruction.
5481           */
5482          for (unsigned i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(inst->src); i++) {
5483             if (inst->src[i].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY && inst->src[i].reladdr){
5484                /* Any temporary might be read, so no dead code elimination
5485                 * across this instruction.
5486                 */
5487                memset(writes, 0, sizeof(*writes) * this->next_temp * 4);
5488             } else if (inst->src[i].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5489                /* Clear where it's used as src. */
5490                int src_chans = 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->src[i].swizzle, 0);
5491                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->src[i].swizzle, 1);
5492                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->src[i].swizzle, 2);
5493                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->src[i].swizzle, 3);
5494 
5495                for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5496                   if (src_chans & (1 << c))
5497                      writes[4 * inst->src[i].index + c] = NULL;
5498                }
5499             }
5500             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->src[i].reladdr);
5501             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->src[i].reladdr2);
5502          }
5503          for (unsigned i = 0; i < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; i++) {
5504             if (inst->tex_offsets[i].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY && inst->tex_offsets[i].reladdr){
5505                /* Any temporary might be read, so no dead code elimination
5506                 * across this instruction.
5507                 */
5508                memset(writes, 0, sizeof(*writes) * this->next_temp * 4);
5509             } else if (inst->tex_offsets[i].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5510                /* Clear where it's used as src. */
5511                int src_chans = 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->tex_offsets[i].swizzle, 0);
5512                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->tex_offsets[i].swizzle, 1);
5513                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->tex_offsets[i].swizzle, 2);
5514                src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->tex_offsets[i].swizzle, 3);
5515 
5516                for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5517                   if (src_chans & (1 << c))
5518                      writes[4 * inst->tex_offsets[i].index + c] = NULL;
5519                }
5520             }
5521             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->tex_offsets[i].reladdr);
5522             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->tex_offsets[i].reladdr2);
5523          }
5524 
5525          if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
5526             int src_chans;
5527 
5528             src_chans  = 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->resource.swizzle, 0);
5529             src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->resource.swizzle, 1);
5530             src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->resource.swizzle, 2);
5531             src_chans |= 1 << GET_SWZ(inst->resource.swizzle, 3);
5532 
5533             for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5534                if (src_chans & (1 << c))
5535                   writes[4 * inst->resource.index + c] = NULL;
5536             }
5537          }
5538          dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->resource.reladdr);
5539          dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->resource.reladdr2);
5540 
5541          for (unsigned i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(inst->dst); i++) {
5542             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->dst[i].reladdr);
5543             dead_code_handle_reladdr(writes, inst->dst[i].reladdr2);
5544          }
5545          break;
5546       }
5547 
5548       /* If this instruction writes to a temporary, add it to the write array.
5549        * If there is already an instruction in the write array for one or more
5550        * of the channels, flag that channel write as dead.
5551        */
5552       for (unsigned i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(inst->dst); i++) {
5553          if (inst->dst[i].file == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY &&
5554              !inst->dst[i].reladdr) {
5555             for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5556                if (inst->dst[i].writemask & (1 << c)) {
5557                   if (writes[4 * inst->dst[i].index + c]) {
5558                      if (write_level[4 * inst->dst[i].index + c] < level)
5559                         continue;
5560                      else
5561                         writes[4 * inst->dst[i].index + c]->dead_mask |= (1 << c);
5562                   }
5563                   writes[4 * inst->dst[i].index + c] = inst;
5564                   write_level[4 * inst->dst[i].index + c] = level;
5565                }
5566             }
5567          }
5568       }
5569    }
5570 
5571    /* Anything still in the write array at this point is dead code. */
5572    for (int r = 0; r < this->next_temp; r++) {
5573       for (int c = 0; c < 4; c++) {
5574          glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst = writes[4 * r + c];
5575          if (inst)
5576             inst->dead_mask |= (1 << c);
5577       }
5578    }
5579 
5580    /* Now actually remove the instructions that are completely dead and update
5581     * the writemask of other instructions with dead channels.
5582     */
5583    foreach_in_list_safe(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5584       if (!inst->dead_mask || !inst->dst[0].writemask)
5585          continue;
5586       /* No amount of dead masks should remove memory stores */
5587       if (inst->info->is_store)
5588          continue;
5589 
5590       if ((inst->dst[0].writemask & ~inst->dead_mask) == 0) {
5591          inst->remove();
5592          delete inst;
5593          removed++;
5594       } else {
5595          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(inst->dst[0].type)) {
5596             if (inst->dead_mask == WRITEMASK_XY ||
5597                 inst->dead_mask == WRITEMASK_ZW)
5598                inst->dst[0].writemask &= ~(inst->dead_mask);
5599          } else
5600             inst->dst[0].writemask &= ~(inst->dead_mask);
5601       }
5602    }
5603 
5604    ralloc_free(write_level);
5605    ralloc_free(writes);
5606 
5607    return removed;
5608 }
5609 
5610 /* merge DFRACEXP instructions into one. */
5611 void
merge_two_dsts(void)5612 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::merge_two_dsts(void)
5613 {
5614    /* We never delete inst, but we may delete its successor. */
5615    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5616       glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst2;
5617       unsigned defined;
5618 
5619       if (num_inst_dst_regs(inst) != 2)
5620          continue;
5621 
5622       if (inst->dst[0].file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED &&
5623           inst->dst[1].file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED)
5624          continue;
5625 
5626       assert(inst->dst[0].file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED ||
5627              inst->dst[1].file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
5628 
5629       if (inst->dst[0].file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED)
5630          defined = 1;
5631       else
5632          defined = 0;
5633 
5634       inst2 = (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *) inst->next;
5635       while (!inst2->is_tail_sentinel()) {
5636          if (inst->op == inst2->op &&
5637              inst2->dst[defined].file == PROGRAM_UNDEFINED &&
5638              inst->src[0].file == inst2->src[0].file &&
5639              inst->src[0].index == inst2->src[0].index &&
5640              inst->src[0].type == inst2->src[0].type &&
5641              inst->src[0].swizzle == inst2->src[0].swizzle)
5642             break;
5643          inst2 = (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *) inst2->next;
5644       }
5645 
5646       if (inst2->is_tail_sentinel()) {
5647          /* Undefined destinations are not allowed, substitute with an unused
5648           * temporary register.
5649           */
5650          st_src_reg tmp = get_temp(glsl_type::vec4_type);
5651          inst->dst[defined ^ 1] = st_dst_reg(tmp);
5652          inst->dst[defined ^ 1].writemask = 0;
5653          continue;
5654       }
5655 
5656       inst->dst[defined ^ 1] = inst2->dst[defined ^ 1];
5657       inst2->remove();
5658       delete inst2;
5659    }
5660 }
5661 
5662 template <typename st_reg>
test_indirect_access(const st_reg & reg,bool * has_indirect_access)5663 void test_indirect_access(const st_reg& reg, bool *has_indirect_access)
5664 {
5665    if (reg.file == PROGRAM_ARRAY) {
5666       if (reg.reladdr || reg.reladdr2 || reg.has_index2) {
5667 	 has_indirect_access[reg.array_id] = true;
5668 	 if (reg.reladdr)
5669 	    test_indirect_access(*reg.reladdr, has_indirect_access);
5670 	 if (reg.reladdr2)
5671 	    test_indirect_access(*reg.reladdr2, has_indirect_access);
5672       }
5673    }
5674 }
5675 
5676 template <typename st_reg>
remap_array(st_reg & reg,const int * array_remap_info,const bool * has_indirect_access)5677 void remap_array(st_reg& reg, const int *array_remap_info,
5678 		 const bool *has_indirect_access)
5679 {
5680    if (reg.file == PROGRAM_ARRAY) {
5681       if (!has_indirect_access[reg.array_id]) {
5682 	 reg.file = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
5683 	 reg.index = reg.index + array_remap_info[reg.array_id];
5684 	 reg.array_id = 0;
5685       } else {
5686 	 reg.array_id = array_remap_info[reg.array_id];
5687       }
5688 
5689       if (reg.reladdr)
5690 	 remap_array(*reg.reladdr, array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5691 
5692       if (reg.reladdr2)
5693 	 remap_array(*reg.reladdr2, array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5694    }
5695 }
5696 
5697 /* One-dimensional arrays whose elements are only accessed directly are
5698  * replaced by an according set of temporary registers that then can become
5699  * subject to further optimization steps like copy propagation and
5700  * register merging.
5701  */
5702 void
split_arrays(void)5703 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::split_arrays(void)
5704 {
5705    if (!next_array)
5706       return;
5707 
5708    bool *has_indirect_access = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, bool, next_array + 1);
5709 
5710    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5711       for (unsigned j = 0; j < num_inst_src_regs(inst); j++)
5712 	 test_indirect_access(inst->src[j], has_indirect_access);
5713 
5714       for (unsigned j = 0; j < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; j++)
5715 	 test_indirect_access(inst->tex_offsets[j], has_indirect_access);
5716 
5717       for (unsigned j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++)
5718 	 test_indirect_access(inst->dst[j], has_indirect_access);
5719 
5720       test_indirect_access(inst->resource, has_indirect_access);
5721    }
5722 
5723    unsigned array_offset = 0;
5724    unsigned n_remaining_arrays = 0;
5725 
5726    /* Double use: For arrays that get split this value will contain
5727     * the base index of the temporary registers this array is replaced
5728     * with. For arrays that remain it contains the new array ID.
5729     */
5730    int *array_remap_info = rzalloc_array(has_indirect_access, int,
5731 					 next_array + 1);
5732 
5733    for (unsigned i = 1; i <= next_array; ++i) {
5734       if (!has_indirect_access[i]) {
5735 	 array_remap_info[i] = this->next_temp + array_offset;
5736 	 array_offset += array_sizes[i - 1];
5737       } else {
5738 	 array_sizes[n_remaining_arrays] = array_sizes[i-1];
5739 	 array_remap_info[i] = ++n_remaining_arrays;
5740       }
5741    }
5742 
5743    if (next_array !=  n_remaining_arrays) {
5744       foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &this->instructions) {
5745 	 for (unsigned j = 0; j < num_inst_src_regs(inst); j++)
5746 	    remap_array(inst->src[j], array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5747 
5748 	 for (unsigned j = 0; j < inst->tex_offset_num_offset; j++)
5749 	    remap_array(inst->tex_offsets[j], array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5750 
5751 	 for (unsigned j = 0; j < num_inst_dst_regs(inst); j++) {
5752 	    remap_array(inst->dst[j], array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5753 	 }
5754 	 remap_array(inst->resource, array_remap_info, has_indirect_access);
5755       }
5756    }
5757 
5758    ralloc_free(has_indirect_access);
5759    this->next_temp += array_offset;
5760    next_array = n_remaining_arrays;
5761 }
5762 
5763 /* Merges temporary registers together where possible to reduce the number of
5764  * registers needed to run a program.
5765  *
5766  * Produces optimal code only after copy propagation and dead code elimination
5767  * have been run. */
5768 void
merge_registers(void)5769 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::merge_registers(void)
5770 {
5771    class array_live_range *arr_live_ranges = NULL;
5772 
5773    struct register_live_range *reg_live_ranges =
5774 	 rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, struct register_live_range, this->next_temp);
5775 
5776    if (this->next_array > 0) {
5777       arr_live_ranges = new array_live_range[this->next_array];
5778       for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->next_array; ++i)
5779          arr_live_ranges[i] = array_live_range(i+1, this->array_sizes[i]);
5780    }
5781 
5782 
5783    if (get_temp_registers_required_live_ranges(reg_live_ranges, &this->instructions,
5784 					       this->next_temp, reg_live_ranges,
5785 					       this->next_array, arr_live_ranges)) {
5786       struct rename_reg_pair *renames =
5787 	    rzalloc_array(reg_live_ranges, struct rename_reg_pair, this->next_temp);
5788       get_temp_registers_remapping(reg_live_ranges, this->next_temp,
5789 				   reg_live_ranges, renames);
5790       rename_temp_registers(renames);
5791 
5792       this->next_array =  merge_arrays(this->next_array, this->array_sizes,
5793 				       &this->instructions, arr_live_ranges);
5794    }
5795 
5796    if (arr_live_ranges)
5797       delete[] arr_live_ranges;
5798 
5799    ralloc_free(reg_live_ranges);
5800 }
5801 
5802 /* Reassign indices to temporary registers by reusing unused indices created
5803  * by optimization passes. */
5804 void
renumber_registers(void)5805 glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::renumber_registers(void)
5806 {
5807    int i = 0;
5808    int new_index = 0;
5809    int *first_writes = ralloc_array(mem_ctx, int, this->next_temp);
5810    struct rename_reg_pair *renames = rzalloc_array(mem_ctx, struct rename_reg_pair, this->next_temp);
5811 
5812    for (i = 0; i < this->next_temp; i++) {
5813       first_writes[i] = -1;
5814    }
5815    get_first_temp_write(first_writes);
5816 
5817    for (i = 0; i < this->next_temp; i++) {
5818       if (first_writes[i] < 0) continue;
5819       if (i != new_index) {
5820          renames[i].new_reg = new_index;
5821          renames[i].valid = true;
5822       }
5823       new_index++;
5824    }
5825 
5826    rename_temp_registers(renames);
5827    this->next_temp = new_index;
5828    ralloc_free(renames);
5829    ralloc_free(first_writes);
5830 }
5831 
5832 #ifndef NDEBUG
print_stats()5833 void glsl_to_tgsi_visitor::print_stats()
5834 {
5835    int narray_registers = 0;
5836    for (unsigned i = 0; i < this->next_array; ++i)
5837       narray_registers += this->array_sizes[i];
5838 
5839    int ninstructions = 0;
5840    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &instructions) {
5841       ++ninstructions;
5842    }
5843 
5844    simple_mtx_lock(&print_stats_mutex);
5845    stats_log << next_array << ", "
5846 	     << next_temp << ", "
5847 	     << narray_registers << ", "
5848 	     << next_temp + narray_registers << ", "
5849 	     << ninstructions << "\n";
5850    simple_mtx_unlock(&print_stats_mutex);
5851 }
5852 #endif
5853 /* ------------------------- TGSI conversion stuff -------------------------- */
5854 
5855 /**
5856  * Intermediate state used during shader translation.
5857  */
5858 struct st_translate {
5859    struct ureg_program *ureg;
5860 
5861    unsigned temps_size;
5862    struct ureg_dst *temps;
5863 
5864    struct ureg_dst *arrays;
5865    unsigned num_temp_arrays;
5866    struct ureg_src *constants;
5867    int num_constants;
5868    struct ureg_src *immediates;
5869    int num_immediates;
5870    struct ureg_dst outputs[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_OUTPUTS];
5871    struct ureg_src inputs[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_INPUTS];
5872    struct ureg_dst address[3];
5873    struct ureg_src samplers[PIPE_MAX_SAMPLERS];
5874    struct ureg_src buffers[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_BUFFERS];
5875    struct ureg_src images[PIPE_MAX_SHADER_IMAGES];
5876    struct ureg_src systemValues[SYSTEM_VALUE_MAX];
5877    struct ureg_src hw_atomics[PIPE_MAX_HW_ATOMIC_BUFFERS];
5878    struct ureg_src shared_memory;
5879    unsigned *array_sizes;
5880    struct inout_decl *input_decls;
5881    unsigned num_input_decls;
5882    struct inout_decl *output_decls;
5883    unsigned num_output_decls;
5884 
5885    const ubyte *inputMapping;
5886    const ubyte *outputMapping;
5887 
5888    enum pipe_shader_type procType;  /**< PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX/FRAGMENT */
5889    bool need_uarl;
5890    bool tg4_component_in_swizzle;
5891 };
5892 
5893 /**
5894  * Map a glsl_to_tgsi constant/immediate to a TGSI immediate.
5895  */
5896 static struct ureg_src
emit_immediate(struct st_translate * t,gl_constant_value values[4],GLenum type,int size)5897 emit_immediate(struct st_translate *t,
5898                gl_constant_value values[4],
5899                GLenum type, int size)
5900 {
5901    struct ureg_program *ureg = t->ureg;
5902 
5903    switch (type) {
5904    case GL_FLOAT:
5905       return ureg_DECL_immediate(ureg, &values[0].f, size);
5906    case GL_DOUBLE:
5907       return ureg_DECL_immediate_f64(ureg, (double *)&values[0].f, size);
5908    case GL_INT64_ARB:
5909       return ureg_DECL_immediate_int64(ureg, (int64_t *)&values[0].f, size);
5910    case GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_ARB:
5911       return ureg_DECL_immediate_uint64(ureg, (uint64_t *)&values[0].f, size);
5912    case GL_INT:
5913       return ureg_DECL_immediate_int(ureg, &values[0].i, size);
5914    case GL_UNSIGNED_INT:
5915    case GL_BOOL:
5916       return ureg_DECL_immediate_uint(ureg, &values[0].u, size);
5917    default:
5918       assert(!"should not get here - type must be float, int, uint, or bool");
5919       return ureg_src_undef();
5920    }
5921 }
5922 
5923 /**
5924  * Map a glsl_to_tgsi dst register to a TGSI ureg_dst register.
5925  */
5926 static struct ureg_dst
dst_register(struct st_translate * t,gl_register_file file,unsigned index,unsigned array_id)5927 dst_register(struct st_translate *t, gl_register_file file, unsigned index,
5928              unsigned array_id)
5929 {
5930    unsigned array;
5931 
5932    switch (file) {
5933    case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:
5934       return ureg_dst_undef();
5935 
5936    case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
5937       /* Allocate space for temporaries on demand. */
5938       if (index >= t->temps_size) {
5939          const int inc = align(index - t->temps_size + 1, 4096);
5940 
5941          t->temps = (struct ureg_dst*)
5942                     realloc(t->temps,
5943                             (t->temps_size + inc) * sizeof(struct ureg_dst));
5944          if (!t->temps)
5945             return ureg_dst_undef();
5946 
5947          memset(t->temps + t->temps_size, 0, inc * sizeof(struct ureg_dst));
5948          t->temps_size += inc;
5949       }
5950 
5951       if (ureg_dst_is_undef(t->temps[index]))
5952          t->temps[index] = ureg_DECL_local_temporary(t->ureg);
5953 
5954       return t->temps[index];
5955 
5956    case PROGRAM_ARRAY:
5957       assert(array_id && array_id <= t->num_temp_arrays);
5958       array = array_id - 1;
5959 
5960       if (ureg_dst_is_undef(t->arrays[array]))
5961          t->arrays[array] = ureg_DECL_array_temporary(
5962             t->ureg, t->array_sizes[array], TRUE);
5963 
5964       return ureg_dst_array_offset(t->arrays[array], index);
5965 
5966    case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
5967       if (!array_id) {
5968          if (t->procType == PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT)
5969             assert(index < 2 * FRAG_RESULT_MAX);
5970          else if (t->procType == PIPE_SHADER_TESS_CTRL ||
5971                   t->procType == PIPE_SHADER_TESS_EVAL)
5972             assert(index < VARYING_SLOT_TESS_MAX);
5973          else
5974             assert(index < VARYING_SLOT_MAX);
5975 
5976          assert(t->outputMapping[index] < ARRAY_SIZE(t->outputs));
5977          assert(t->outputs[t->outputMapping[index]].File != TGSI_FILE_NULL);
5978          return t->outputs[t->outputMapping[index]];
5979       }
5980       else {
5981          struct inout_decl *decl =
5982             find_inout_array(t->output_decls,
5983                              t->num_output_decls, array_id);
5984          unsigned mesa_index = decl->mesa_index;
5985          ubyte slot = t->outputMapping[mesa_index];
5986 
5987          assert(slot != 0xff && t->outputs[slot].File == TGSI_FILE_OUTPUT);
5988 
5989          struct ureg_dst dst = t->outputs[slot];
5990          dst.ArrayID = array_id;
5991          return ureg_dst_array_offset(dst, index - mesa_index);
5992       }
5993 
5994    case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:
5995       return t->address[index];
5996 
5997    default:
5998       assert(!"unknown dst register file");
5999       return ureg_dst_undef();
6000    }
6001 }
6002 
6003 static struct ureg_src
6004 translate_src(struct st_translate *t, const st_src_reg *src_reg);
6005 
6006 static struct ureg_src
translate_addr(struct st_translate * t,const st_src_reg * reladdr,unsigned addr_index)6007 translate_addr(struct st_translate *t, const st_src_reg *reladdr,
6008                unsigned addr_index)
6009 {
6010    if (t->need_uarl || !reladdr->is_legal_tgsi_address_operand())
6011       return ureg_src(t->address[addr_index]);
6012 
6013    return translate_src(t, reladdr);
6014 }
6015 
6016 /**
6017  * Create a TGSI ureg_dst register from an st_dst_reg.
6018  */
6019 static struct ureg_dst
translate_dst(struct st_translate * t,const st_dst_reg * dst_reg,bool saturate)6020 translate_dst(struct st_translate *t,
6021               const st_dst_reg *dst_reg,
6022               bool saturate)
6023 {
6024    struct ureg_dst dst = dst_register(t, dst_reg->file, dst_reg->index,
6025                                       dst_reg->array_id);
6026 
6027    if (dst.File == TGSI_FILE_NULL)
6028       return dst;
6029 
6030    dst = ureg_writemask(dst, dst_reg->writemask);
6031 
6032    if (saturate)
6033       dst = ureg_saturate(dst);
6034 
6035    if (dst_reg->reladdr != NULL) {
6036       assert(dst_reg->file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY);
6037       dst = ureg_dst_indirect(dst, translate_addr(t, dst_reg->reladdr, 0));
6038    }
6039 
6040    if (dst_reg->has_index2) {
6041       if (dst_reg->reladdr2)
6042          dst = ureg_dst_dimension_indirect(dst,
6043                                            translate_addr(t, dst_reg->reladdr2, 1),
6044                                            dst_reg->index2D);
6045       else
6046          dst = ureg_dst_dimension(dst, dst_reg->index2D);
6047    }
6048 
6049    return dst;
6050 }
6051 
6052 /**
6053  * Create a TGSI ureg_src register from an st_src_reg.
6054  */
6055 static struct ureg_src
translate_src(struct st_translate * t,const st_src_reg * src_reg)6056 translate_src(struct st_translate *t, const st_src_reg *src_reg)
6057 {
6058    struct ureg_src src;
6059    int index = src_reg->index;
6060    int double_reg2 = src_reg->double_reg2 ? 1 : 0;
6061 
6062    switch (src_reg->file) {
6063    case PROGRAM_UNDEFINED:
6064       src = ureg_imm4f(t->ureg, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6065       break;
6066 
6067    case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
6068    case PROGRAM_ARRAY:
6069       src = ureg_src(dst_register(t, src_reg->file, src_reg->index,
6070                                   src_reg->array_id));
6071       break;
6072 
6073    case PROGRAM_OUTPUT: {
6074       struct ureg_dst dst = dst_register(t, src_reg->file, src_reg->index,
6075                                          src_reg->array_id);
6076       assert(dst.WriteMask != 0);
6077       unsigned shift = ffs(dst.WriteMask) - 1;
6078       src = ureg_swizzle(ureg_src(dst),
6079                          shift,
6080                          MIN2(shift + 1, 3),
6081                          MIN2(shift + 2, 3),
6082                          MIN2(shift + 3, 3));
6083       break;
6084    }
6085 
6086    case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
6087       assert(src_reg->index >= 0);
6088       src = src_reg->index < t->num_constants ?
6089                t->constants[src_reg->index] : ureg_imm4f(t->ureg, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6090       break;
6091    case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
6092    case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:       /* ie, immediate */
6093       if (src_reg->has_index2)
6094          src = ureg_src_register(TGSI_FILE_CONSTANT, src_reg->index);
6095       else
6096          src = src_reg->index >= 0 && src_reg->index < t->num_constants ?
6097                   t->constants[src_reg->index] : ureg_imm4f(t->ureg, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6098       break;
6099 
6100    case PROGRAM_IMMEDIATE:
6101       assert(src_reg->index >= 0 && src_reg->index < t->num_immediates);
6102       src = t->immediates[src_reg->index];
6103       break;
6104 
6105    case PROGRAM_INPUT:
6106       /* GLSL inputs are 64-bit containers, so we have to
6107        * map back to the original index and add the offset after
6108        * mapping. */
6109       index -= double_reg2;
6110       if (!src_reg->array_id) {
6111          assert(t->inputMapping[index] < ARRAY_SIZE(t->inputs));
6112          assert(t->inputs[t->inputMapping[index]].File != TGSI_FILE_NULL);
6113          src = t->inputs[t->inputMapping[index] + double_reg2];
6114       }
6115       else {
6116          struct inout_decl *decl = find_inout_array(t->input_decls,
6117                                                     t->num_input_decls,
6118                                                     src_reg->array_id);
6119          unsigned mesa_index = decl->mesa_index;
6120          ubyte slot = t->inputMapping[mesa_index];
6121 
6122          assert(slot != 0xff && t->inputs[slot].File == TGSI_FILE_INPUT);
6123 
6124          src = t->inputs[slot];
6125          src.ArrayID = src_reg->array_id;
6126          src = ureg_src_array_offset(src, index + double_reg2 - mesa_index);
6127       }
6128       break;
6129 
6130    case PROGRAM_ADDRESS:
6131       src = ureg_src(t->address[src_reg->index]);
6132       break;
6133 
6134    case PROGRAM_SYSTEM_VALUE:
6135       assert(src_reg->index < (int) ARRAY_SIZE(t->systemValues));
6136       src = t->systemValues[src_reg->index];
6137       break;
6138 
6139    case PROGRAM_HW_ATOMIC:
6140       src = ureg_src_array_register(TGSI_FILE_HW_ATOMIC, src_reg->index,
6141                                     src_reg->array_id);
6142       break;
6143 
6144    default:
6145       assert(!"unknown src register file");
6146       return ureg_src_undef();
6147    }
6148 
6149    if (src_reg->has_index2) {
6150       /* 2D indexes occur with geometry shader inputs (attrib, vertex)
6151        * and UBO constant buffers (buffer, position).
6152        */
6153       if (src_reg->reladdr2)
6154          src = ureg_src_dimension_indirect(src,
6155                                            translate_addr(t, src_reg->reladdr2, 1),
6156                                            src_reg->index2D);
6157       else
6158          src = ureg_src_dimension(src, src_reg->index2D);
6159    }
6160 
6161    src = ureg_swizzle(src,
6162                       GET_SWZ(src_reg->swizzle, 0) & 0x3,
6163                       GET_SWZ(src_reg->swizzle, 1) & 0x3,
6164                       GET_SWZ(src_reg->swizzle, 2) & 0x3,
6165                       GET_SWZ(src_reg->swizzle, 3) & 0x3);
6166 
6167    if (src_reg->abs)
6168       src = ureg_abs(src);
6169 
6170    if ((src_reg->negate & 0xf) == NEGATE_XYZW)
6171       src = ureg_negate(src);
6172 
6173    if (src_reg->reladdr != NULL) {
6174       assert(src_reg->file != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY);
6175       src = ureg_src_indirect(src, translate_addr(t, src_reg->reladdr, 0));
6176    }
6177 
6178    return src;
6179 }
6180 
6181 static struct tgsi_texture_offset
translate_tex_offset(struct st_translate * t,const st_src_reg * in_offset)6182 translate_tex_offset(struct st_translate *t,
6183                      const st_src_reg *in_offset)
6184 {
6185    struct tgsi_texture_offset offset;
6186    struct ureg_src src = translate_src(t, in_offset);
6187 
6188    offset.File = src.File;
6189    offset.Index = src.Index;
6190    offset.SwizzleX = src.SwizzleX;
6191    offset.SwizzleY = src.SwizzleY;
6192    offset.SwizzleZ = src.SwizzleZ;
6193    offset.Padding = 0;
6194 
6195    assert(!src.Indirect);
6196    assert(!src.DimIndirect);
6197    assert(!src.Dimension);
6198    assert(!src.Absolute); /* those shouldn't be used with integers anyway */
6199    assert(!src.Negate);
6200 
6201    return offset;
6202 }
6203 
6204 static void
compile_tgsi_instruction(struct st_translate * t,const glsl_to_tgsi_instruction * inst)6205 compile_tgsi_instruction(struct st_translate *t,
6206                          const glsl_to_tgsi_instruction *inst)
6207 {
6208    struct ureg_program *ureg = t->ureg;
6209    int i;
6210    struct ureg_dst dst[2];
6211    struct ureg_src src[4];
6212    struct tgsi_texture_offset texoffsets[MAX_GLSL_TEXTURE_OFFSET];
6213 
6214    int num_dst;
6215    int num_src;
6216    enum tgsi_texture_type tex_target = TGSI_TEXTURE_BUFFER;
6217 
6218    num_dst = num_inst_dst_regs(inst);
6219    num_src = num_inst_src_regs(inst);
6220 
6221    for (i = 0; i < num_dst; i++)
6222       dst[i] = translate_dst(t,
6223                              &inst->dst[i],
6224                              inst->saturate);
6225 
6226    for (i = 0; i < num_src; i++)
6227       src[i] = translate_src(t, &inst->src[i]);
6228 
6229    switch (inst->op) {
6230    case TGSI_OPCODE_BGNLOOP:
6231    case TGSI_OPCODE_ELSE:
6232    case TGSI_OPCODE_ENDLOOP:
6233    case TGSI_OPCODE_IF:
6234    case TGSI_OPCODE_UIF:
6235       assert(num_dst == 0);
6236       ureg_insn(ureg, inst->op, NULL, 0, src, num_src, inst->precise);
6237       return;
6238 
6239    case TGSI_OPCODE_TEX:
6240    case TGSI_OPCODE_TEX_LZ:
6241    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXB:
6242    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXD:
6243    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXL:
6244    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXP:
6245    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXQ:
6246    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXQS:
6247    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXF:
6248    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXF_LZ:
6249    case TGSI_OPCODE_TEX2:
6250    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXB2:
6251    case TGSI_OPCODE_TXL2:
6252    case TGSI_OPCODE_TG4:
6253    case TGSI_OPCODE_LODQ:
6254    case TGSI_OPCODE_SAMP2HND:
6255       if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_SAMPLER) {
6256          src[num_src] = t->samplers[inst->resource.index];
6257          if (t->tg4_component_in_swizzle && inst->op == TGSI_OPCODE_TG4)
6258             src[num_src].SwizzleX = inst->gather_component;
6259       } else {
6260          /* Bindless samplers. */
6261          src[num_src] = translate_src(t, &inst->resource);
6262       }
6263       assert(src[num_src].File != TGSI_FILE_NULL);
6264       if (inst->resource.reladdr)
6265          src[num_src] =
6266             ureg_src_indirect(src[num_src],
6267                               translate_addr(t, inst->resource.reladdr, 2));
6268       num_src++;
6269       for (i = 0; i < (int)inst->tex_offset_num_offset; i++) {
6270          texoffsets[i] = translate_tex_offset(t, &inst->tex_offsets[i]);
6271       }
6272       tex_target = st_translate_texture_target(inst->tex_target, inst->tex_shadow);
6273 
6274       ureg_tex_insn(ureg,
6275                     inst->op,
6276                     dst, num_dst,
6277                     tex_target,
6278                     st_translate_texture_type(inst->tex_type),
6279                     texoffsets, inst->tex_offset_num_offset,
6280                     src, num_src);
6281       return;
6282 
6283    case TGSI_OPCODE_RESQ:
6284    case TGSI_OPCODE_LOAD:
6285    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUADD:
6286    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXCHG:
6287    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMCAS:
6288    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMAND:
6289    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMOR:
6290    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMXOR:
6291    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUMIN:
6292    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMUMAX:
6293    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMIN:
6294    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMIMAX:
6295    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMFADD:
6296    case TGSI_OPCODE_IMG2HND:
6297    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMINC_WRAP:
6298    case TGSI_OPCODE_ATOMDEC_WRAP:
6299       for (i = num_src - 1; i >= 0; i--)
6300          src[i + 1] = src[i];
6301       num_src++;
6302       if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_MEMORY) {
6303          src[0] = t->shared_memory;
6304       } else if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_BUFFER) {
6305          src[0] = t->buffers[inst->resource.index];
6306       } else if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_HW_ATOMIC) {
6307          src[0] = translate_src(t, &inst->resource);
6308       } else if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_CONSTANT) {
6309          assert(inst->resource.has_index2);
6310          src[0] = ureg_src_register(TGSI_FILE_CONSTBUF, inst->resource.index);
6311       } else {
6312          assert(inst->resource.file != PROGRAM_UNDEFINED);
6313          if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_IMAGE) {
6314             src[0] = t->images[inst->resource.index];
6315          } else {
6316             /* Bindless images. */
6317             src[0] = translate_src(t, &inst->resource);
6318          }
6319          tex_target = st_translate_texture_target(inst->tex_target, inst->tex_shadow);
6320       }
6321       if (inst->resource.reladdr)
6322          src[0] = ureg_src_indirect(src[0],
6323                                     translate_addr(t, inst->resource.reladdr, 2));
6324       assert(src[0].File != TGSI_FILE_NULL);
6325       ureg_memory_insn(ureg, inst->op, dst, num_dst, src, num_src,
6326                        inst->buffer_access,
6327                        tex_target, inst->image_format);
6328       break;
6329 
6330    case TGSI_OPCODE_STORE:
6331       if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_MEMORY) {
6332          dst[0] = ureg_dst(t->shared_memory);
6333       } else if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_BUFFER) {
6334          dst[0] = ureg_dst(t->buffers[inst->resource.index]);
6335       } else {
6336          if (inst->resource.file == PROGRAM_IMAGE) {
6337             dst[0] = ureg_dst(t->images[inst->resource.index]);
6338          } else {
6339             /* Bindless images. */
6340             dst[0] = ureg_dst(translate_src(t, &inst->resource));
6341          }
6342          tex_target = st_translate_texture_target(inst->tex_target, inst->tex_shadow);
6343       }
6344       dst[0] = ureg_writemask(dst[0], inst->dst[0].writemask);
6345       if (inst->resource.reladdr)
6346          dst[0] = ureg_dst_indirect(dst[0],
6347                                     translate_addr(t, inst->resource.reladdr, 2));
6348       assert(dst[0].File != TGSI_FILE_NULL);
6349       ureg_memory_insn(ureg, inst->op, dst, num_dst, src, num_src,
6350                        inst->buffer_access,
6351                        tex_target, inst->image_format);
6352       break;
6353 
6354    default:
6355       ureg_insn(ureg,
6356                 inst->op,
6357                 dst, num_dst,
6358                 src, num_src, inst->precise);
6359       break;
6360    }
6361 }
6362 
6363 /* Invert SamplePos.y when rendering to the default framebuffer. */
6364 static void
emit_samplepos_adjustment(struct st_translate * t,int wpos_y_transform)6365 emit_samplepos_adjustment(struct st_translate *t, int wpos_y_transform)
6366 {
6367    struct ureg_program *ureg = t->ureg;
6368 
6369    assert(wpos_y_transform >= 0);
6370    struct ureg_src trans_const = ureg_DECL_constant(ureg, wpos_y_transform);
6371    struct ureg_src samplepos_sysval = t->systemValues[SYSTEM_VALUE_SAMPLE_POS];
6372    struct ureg_dst samplepos_flipped = ureg_DECL_temporary(ureg);
6373    struct ureg_dst is_fbo = ureg_DECL_temporary(ureg);
6374 
6375    ureg_ADD(ureg, ureg_writemask(samplepos_flipped, TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y),
6376             ureg_imm1f(ureg, 1), ureg_negate(samplepos_sysval));
6377 
6378    /* If trans.x == 1, use samplepos.y, else use 1 - samplepos.y. */
6379    ureg_FSEQ(ureg, ureg_writemask(is_fbo, TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y),
6380              ureg_scalar(trans_const, TGSI_SWIZZLE_X), ureg_imm1f(ureg, 1));
6381    ureg_UCMP(ureg, ureg_writemask(samplepos_flipped, TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y),
6382              ureg_src(is_fbo), samplepos_sysval, ureg_src(samplepos_flipped));
6383    ureg_MOV(ureg, ureg_writemask(samplepos_flipped, TGSI_WRITEMASK_X),
6384             samplepos_sysval);
6385 
6386    /* Use the result in place of the system value. */
6387    t->systemValues[SYSTEM_VALUE_SAMPLE_POS] = ureg_src(samplepos_flipped);
6388 }
6389 
6390 
6391 /**
6392  * Emit the TGSI instructions for inverting and adjusting WPOS.
6393  * This code is unavoidable because it also depends on whether
6394  * a FBO is bound (STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM).
6395  */
6396 static void
emit_wpos_adjustment(struct gl_context * ctx,struct st_translate * t,int wpos_transform_const,boolean invert,GLfloat adjX,GLfloat adjY[2])6397 emit_wpos_adjustment(struct gl_context *ctx,
6398                      struct st_translate *t,
6399                      int wpos_transform_const,
6400                      boolean invert,
6401                      GLfloat adjX, GLfloat adjY[2])
6402 {
6403    struct ureg_program *ureg = t->ureg;
6404 
6405    assert(wpos_transform_const >= 0);
6406 
6407    /* Fragment program uses fragment position input.
6408     * Need to replace instances of INPUT[WPOS] with temp T
6409     * where T = INPUT[WPOS] is inverted by Y.
6410     */
6411    struct ureg_src wpostrans = ureg_DECL_constant(ureg, wpos_transform_const);
6412    struct ureg_dst wpos_temp = ureg_DECL_temporary(ureg);
6413    struct ureg_src *wpos =
6414       ctx->Const.GLSLFragCoordIsSysVal ?
6415          &t->systemValues[SYSTEM_VALUE_FRAG_COORD] :
6416          &t->inputs[t->inputMapping[VARYING_SLOT_POS]];
6417    struct ureg_src wpos_input = *wpos;
6418 
6419    /* First, apply the coordinate shift: */
6420    if (adjX || adjY[0] || adjY[1]) {
6421       if (adjY[0] != adjY[1]) {
6422          /* Adjust the y coordinate by adjY[1] or adjY[0] respectively
6423           * depending on whether inversion is actually going to be applied
6424           * or not, which is determined by testing against the inversion
6425           * state variable used below, which will be either +1 or -1.
6426           */
6427          struct ureg_dst adj_temp = ureg_DECL_local_temporary(ureg);
6428 
6429          ureg_CMP(ureg, adj_temp,
6430                   ureg_scalar(wpostrans, invert ? 2 : 0),
6431                   ureg_imm4f(ureg, adjX, adjY[0], 0.0f, 0.0f),
6432                   ureg_imm4f(ureg, adjX, adjY[1], 0.0f, 0.0f));
6433          ureg_ADD(ureg, wpos_temp, wpos_input, ureg_src(adj_temp));
6434       } else {
6435          ureg_ADD(ureg, wpos_temp, wpos_input,
6436                   ureg_imm4f(ureg, adjX, adjY[0], 0.0f, 0.0f));
6437       }
6438       wpos_input = ureg_src(wpos_temp);
6439    } else {
6440       /* MOV wpos_temp, input[wpos]
6441        */
6442       ureg_MOV(ureg, wpos_temp, wpos_input);
6443    }
6444 
6445    /* Now the conditional y flip: STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM.xy/zw will be
6446     * inversion/identity, or the other way around if we're drawing to an FBO.
6447     */
6448    if (invert) {
6449       /* MAD wpos_temp.y, wpos_input, wpostrans.xxxx, wpostrans.yyyy
6450        */
6451       ureg_MAD(ureg,
6452                ureg_writemask(wpos_temp, TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y),
6453                wpos_input,
6454                ureg_scalar(wpostrans, 0),
6455                ureg_scalar(wpostrans, 1));
6456    } else {
6457       /* MAD wpos_temp.y, wpos_input, wpostrans.zzzz, wpostrans.wwww
6458        */
6459       ureg_MAD(ureg,
6460                ureg_writemask(wpos_temp, TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y),
6461                wpos_input,
6462                ureg_scalar(wpostrans, 2),
6463                ureg_scalar(wpostrans, 3));
6464    }
6465 
6466    /* Use wpos_temp as position input from here on:
6467     */
6468    *wpos = ureg_src(wpos_temp);
6469 }
6470 
6471 
6472 /**
6473  * Emit fragment position/ooordinate code.
6474  */
6475 static void
emit_wpos(struct st_context * st,struct st_translate * t,const struct gl_program * program,struct ureg_program * ureg,int wpos_transform_const)6476 emit_wpos(struct st_context *st,
6477           struct st_translate *t,
6478           const struct gl_program *program,
6479           struct ureg_program *ureg,
6480           int wpos_transform_const)
6481 {
6482    struct pipe_screen *pscreen = st->screen;
6483    GLfloat adjX = 0.0f;
6484    GLfloat adjY[2] = { 0.0f, 0.0f };
6485    boolean invert = FALSE;
6486 
6487    /* Query the pixel center conventions supported by the pipe driver and set
6488     * adjX, adjY to help out if it cannot handle the requested one internally.
6489     *
6490     * The bias of the y-coordinate depends on whether y-inversion takes place
6491     * (adjY[1]) or not (adjY[0]), which is in turn dependent on whether we are
6492     * drawing to an FBO (causes additional inversion), and whether the pipe
6493     * driver origin and the requested origin differ (the latter condition is
6494     * stored in the 'invert' variable).
6495     *
6496     * For height = 100 (i = integer, h = half-integer, l = lower, u = upper):
6497     *
6498     * center shift only:
6499     * i -> h: +0.5
6500     * h -> i: -0.5
6501     *
6502     * inversion only:
6503     * l,i -> u,i: ( 0.0 + 1.0) * -1 + 100 = 99
6504     * l,h -> u,h: ( 0.5 + 0.0) * -1 + 100 = 99.5
6505     * u,i -> l,i: (99.0 + 1.0) * -1 + 100 = 0
6506     * u,h -> l,h: (99.5 + 0.0) * -1 + 100 = 0.5
6507     *
6508     * inversion and center shift:
6509     * l,i -> u,h: ( 0.0 + 0.5) * -1 + 100 = 99.5
6510     * l,h -> u,i: ( 0.5 + 0.5) * -1 + 100 = 99
6511     * u,i -> l,h: (99.0 + 0.5) * -1 + 100 = 0.5
6512     * u,h -> l,i: (99.5 + 0.5) * -1 + 100 = 0
6513     */
6514    if (program->info.fs.origin_upper_left) {
6515       /* Fragment shader wants origin in upper-left */
6516       if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_UPPER_LEFT)) {
6517          /* the driver supports upper-left origin */
6518       }
6519       else if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_LOWER_LEFT)) {
6520          /* the driver supports lower-left origin, need to invert Y */
6521          ureg_property(ureg, TGSI_PROPERTY_FS_COORD_ORIGIN,
6522                        TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_LOWER_LEFT);
6523          invert = TRUE;
6524       }
6525       else
6526          assert(0);
6527    }
6528    else {
6529       /* Fragment shader wants origin in lower-left */
6530       if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_LOWER_LEFT))
6531          /* the driver supports lower-left origin */
6532          ureg_property(ureg, TGSI_PROPERTY_FS_COORD_ORIGIN,
6533                        TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_LOWER_LEFT);
6534       else if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_ORIGIN_UPPER_LEFT))
6535          /* the driver supports upper-left origin, need to invert Y */
6536          invert = TRUE;
6537       else
6538          assert(0);
6539    }
6540 
6541    if (program->info.fs.pixel_center_integer) {
6542       /* Fragment shader wants pixel center integer */
6543       if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_INTEGER)) {
6544          /* the driver supports pixel center integer */
6545          adjY[1] = 1.0f;
6546          ureg_property(ureg, TGSI_PROPERTY_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER,
6547                        TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_INTEGER);
6548       }
6549       else if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_HALF_INTEGER)) {
6550          /* the driver supports pixel center half integer, need to bias X,Y */
6551          adjX = -0.5f;
6552          adjY[0] = -0.5f;
6553          adjY[1] = 0.5f;
6554       }
6555       else
6556          assert(0);
6557    }
6558    else {
6559       /* Fragment shader wants pixel center half integer */
6560       if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_HALF_INTEGER)) {
6561          /* the driver supports pixel center half integer */
6562       }
6563       else if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_INTEGER)) {
6564          /* the driver supports pixel center integer, need to bias X,Y */
6565          adjX = adjY[0] = adjY[1] = 0.5f;
6566          ureg_property(ureg, TGSI_PROPERTY_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER,
6567                        TGSI_FS_COORD_PIXEL_CENTER_INTEGER);
6568       }
6569       else
6570          assert(0);
6571    }
6572 
6573    /* we invert after adjustment so that we avoid the MOV to temporary,
6574     * and reuse the adjustment ADD instead */
6575    emit_wpos_adjustment(st->ctx, t, wpos_transform_const, invert, adjX, adjY);
6576 }
6577 
6578 /**
6579  * OpenGL's fragment gl_FrontFace input is 1 for front-facing, 0 for back.
6580  * TGSI uses +1 for front, -1 for back.
6581  * This function converts the TGSI value to the GL value.  Simply clamping/
6582  * saturating the value to [0,1] does the job.
6583  */
6584 static void
emit_face_var(struct gl_context * ctx,struct st_translate * t)6585 emit_face_var(struct gl_context *ctx, struct st_translate *t)
6586 {
6587    struct ureg_program *ureg = t->ureg;
6588    struct ureg_dst face_temp = ureg_DECL_temporary(ureg);
6589    struct ureg_src face_input = t->inputs[t->inputMapping[VARYING_SLOT_FACE]];
6590 
6591    if (ctx->Const.NativeIntegers) {
6592       ureg_FSGE(ureg, face_temp, face_input, ureg_imm1f(ureg, 0));
6593    }
6594    else {
6595       /* MOV_SAT face_temp, input[face] */
6596       ureg_MOV(ureg, ureg_saturate(face_temp), face_input);
6597    }
6598 
6599    /* Use face_temp as face input from here on: */
6600    t->inputs[t->inputMapping[VARYING_SLOT_FACE]] = ureg_src(face_temp);
6601 }
6602 
6603 struct sort_inout_decls {
operator ()sort_inout_decls6604    bool operator()(const struct inout_decl &a, const struct inout_decl &b) const {
6605       return mapping[a.mesa_index] < mapping[b.mesa_index];
6606    }
6607 
6608    const ubyte *mapping;
6609 };
6610 
6611 /* Sort the given array of decls by the corresponding slot (TGSI file index).
6612  *
6613  * This is for the benefit of older drivers which are broken when the
6614  * declarations aren't sorted in this way.
6615  */
6616 static void
sort_inout_decls_by_slot(struct inout_decl * decls,unsigned count,const ubyte mapping[])6617 sort_inout_decls_by_slot(struct inout_decl *decls,
6618                          unsigned count,
6619                          const ubyte mapping[])
6620 {
6621    sort_inout_decls sorter;
6622    sorter.mapping = mapping;
6623    std::sort(decls, decls + count, sorter);
6624 }
6625 
6626 /**
6627  * Translate intermediate IR (glsl_to_tgsi_instruction) to TGSI format.
6628  * \param program  the program to translate
6629  * \param numInputs  number of input registers used
6630  * \param inputMapping  maps Mesa fragment program inputs to TGSI generic
6631  *                      input indexes
6632  * \param inputSemanticName  the TGSI_SEMANTIC flag for each input
6633  * \param inputSemanticIndex  the semantic index (ex: which texcoord) for
6634  *                            each input
6635  * \param interpMode  the TGSI_INTERPOLATE_LINEAR/PERSP mode for each input
6636  * \param numOutputs  number of output registers used
6637  * \param outputMapping  maps Mesa fragment program outputs to TGSI
6638  *                       generic outputs
6639  * \param outputSemanticName  the TGSI_SEMANTIC flag for each output
6640  * \param outputSemanticIndex  the semantic index (ex: which texcoord) for
6641  *                             each output
6642  *
6643  * \return  PIPE_OK or PIPE_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
6644  */
6645 extern "C" enum pipe_error
st_translate_program(struct gl_context * ctx,enum pipe_shader_type procType,struct ureg_program * ureg,glsl_to_tgsi_visitor * program,const struct gl_program * proginfo,GLuint numInputs,const ubyte attrToIndex[],const ubyte inputSlotToAttr[],const ubyte inputSemanticName[],const ubyte inputSemanticIndex[],const ubyte interpMode[],GLuint numOutputs,const ubyte outputMapping[],const ubyte outputSemanticName[],const ubyte outputSemanticIndex[])6646 st_translate_program(
6647    struct gl_context *ctx,
6648    enum pipe_shader_type procType,
6649    struct ureg_program *ureg,
6650    glsl_to_tgsi_visitor *program,
6651    const struct gl_program *proginfo,
6652    GLuint numInputs,
6653    const ubyte attrToIndex[],
6654    const ubyte inputSlotToAttr[],
6655    const ubyte inputSemanticName[],
6656    const ubyte inputSemanticIndex[],
6657    const ubyte interpMode[],
6658    GLuint numOutputs,
6659    const ubyte outputMapping[],
6660    const ubyte outputSemanticName[],
6661    const ubyte outputSemanticIndex[])
6662 {
6663    struct pipe_screen *screen = st_context(ctx)->screen;
6664    struct st_translate *t;
6665    unsigned i;
6666    struct gl_program_constants *prog_const =
6667       &ctx->Const.Program[program->shader->Stage];
6668    enum pipe_error ret = PIPE_OK;
6669    uint8_t inputMapping[VARYING_SLOT_TESS_MAX] = {0};
6670 
6671    assert(numInputs <= ARRAY_SIZE(t->inputs));
6672    assert(numOutputs <= ARRAY_SIZE(t->outputs));
6673 
6674    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(st_src_reg, type, GLSL_TYPE_ERROR);
6675    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(st_src_reg, file, PROGRAM_FILE_MAX);
6676    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(st_dst_reg, type, GLSL_TYPE_ERROR);
6677    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(st_dst_reg, file, PROGRAM_FILE_MAX);
6678    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, tex_type, GLSL_TYPE_ERROR);
6679    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, image_format, PIPE_FORMAT_COUNT);
6680    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, tex_target,
6681                         (gl_texture_index) (NUM_TEXTURE_TARGETS - 1));
6682    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, image_format,
6683                         (enum pipe_format) (PIPE_FORMAT_COUNT - 1));
6684    ASSERT_BITFIELD_SIZE(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, op,
6685                         (enum tgsi_opcode) (TGSI_OPCODE_LAST - 1));
6686 
6687    if (proginfo->DualSlotInputs != 0) {
6688       /* adjust attrToIndex to include placeholder for second
6689        * part of a double attribute
6690        */
6691       numInputs = 0;
6692       for (unsigned attr = 0; attr < VERT_ATTRIB_MAX; attr++) {
6693          if ((proginfo->info.inputs_read & BITFIELD64_BIT(attr)) != 0) {
6694             inputMapping[attr] = numInputs++;
6695 
6696             if ((proginfo->DualSlotInputs & BITFIELD64_BIT(attr)) != 0) {
6697                /* add placeholder for second part of a double attribute */
6698                numInputs++;
6699             }
6700          }
6701       }
6702       inputMapping[VERT_ATTRIB_EDGEFLAG] = numInputs;
6703    }
6704    else {
6705       memcpy(inputMapping, attrToIndex, sizeof(inputMapping));
6706    }
6707 
6708    t = CALLOC_STRUCT(st_translate);
6709    if (!t) {
6710       ret = PIPE_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
6711       goto out;
6712    }
6713 
6714    t->procType = procType;
6715    t->need_uarl = !screen->get_param(screen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_ANY_REG_AS_ADDRESS);
6716    t->tg4_component_in_swizzle = screen->get_param(screen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_TG4_COMPONENT_IN_SWIZZLE);
6717    t->inputMapping = inputMapping;
6718    t->outputMapping = outputMapping;
6719    t->ureg = ureg;
6720    t->num_temp_arrays = program->next_array;
6721    if (t->num_temp_arrays)
6722       t->arrays = (struct ureg_dst*)
6723                   calloc(t->num_temp_arrays, sizeof(t->arrays[0]));
6724 
6725    /*
6726     * Declare input attributes.
6727     */
6728    switch (procType) {
6729    case PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT:
6730    case PIPE_SHADER_GEOMETRY:
6731    case PIPE_SHADER_TESS_EVAL:
6732    case PIPE_SHADER_TESS_CTRL:
6733       sort_inout_decls_by_slot(program->inputs, program->num_inputs, inputMapping);
6734 
6735       for (i = 0; i < program->num_inputs; ++i) {
6736          struct inout_decl *decl = &program->inputs[i];
6737          unsigned slot = inputMapping[decl->mesa_index];
6738          struct ureg_src src;
6739          ubyte tgsi_usage_mask = decl->usage_mask;
6740 
6741          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(decl->base_type)) {
6742             if (tgsi_usage_mask == 1)
6743                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_XY;
6744             else if (tgsi_usage_mask == 2)
6745                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_ZW;
6746             else
6747                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_XYZW;
6748          }
6749 
6750          enum tgsi_interpolate_mode interp_mode = TGSI_INTERPOLATE_CONSTANT;
6751          enum tgsi_interpolate_loc interp_location = TGSI_INTERPOLATE_LOC_CENTER;
6752          if (procType == PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT) {
6753             assert(interpMode);
6754             interp_mode = interpMode[slot] != TGSI_INTERPOLATE_COUNT ?
6755                (enum tgsi_interpolate_mode) interpMode[slot] :
6756                tgsi_get_interp_mode(decl->interp,
6757                                     inputSlotToAttr[slot] == VARYING_SLOT_COL0 ||
6758                                     inputSlotToAttr[slot] == VARYING_SLOT_COL1);
6759 
6760             interp_location = (enum tgsi_interpolate_loc) decl->interp_loc;
6761          }
6762 
6763          src = ureg_DECL_fs_input_centroid_layout(ureg,
6764                   (enum tgsi_semantic) inputSemanticName[slot],
6765                   inputSemanticIndex[slot],
6766                   interp_mode, interp_location, slot, tgsi_usage_mask,
6767                   decl->array_id, decl->size);
6768 
6769          for (unsigned j = 0; j < decl->size; ++j) {
6770             if (t->inputs[slot + j].File != TGSI_FILE_INPUT) {
6771                /* The ArrayID is set up in dst_register */
6772                t->inputs[slot + j] = src;
6773                t->inputs[slot + j].ArrayID = 0;
6774                t->inputs[slot + j].Index += j;
6775             }
6776          }
6777       }
6778       break;
6779    case PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX:
6780       for (i = 0; i < numInputs; i++) {
6781          t->inputs[i] = ureg_DECL_vs_input(ureg, i);
6782       }
6783       break;
6784    case PIPE_SHADER_COMPUTE:
6785       break;
6786    default:
6787       assert(0);
6788    }
6789 
6790    /*
6791     * Declare output attributes.
6792     */
6793    switch (procType) {
6794    case PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT:
6795    case PIPE_SHADER_COMPUTE:
6796       break;
6797    case PIPE_SHADER_GEOMETRY:
6798    case PIPE_SHADER_TESS_EVAL:
6799    case PIPE_SHADER_TESS_CTRL:
6800    case PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX:
6801       sort_inout_decls_by_slot(program->outputs, program->num_outputs, outputMapping);
6802 
6803       for (i = 0; i < program->num_outputs; ++i) {
6804          struct inout_decl *decl = &program->outputs[i];
6805          unsigned slot = outputMapping[decl->mesa_index];
6806          struct ureg_dst dst;
6807          ubyte tgsi_usage_mask = decl->usage_mask;
6808 
6809          if (glsl_base_type_is_64bit(decl->base_type)) {
6810             if (tgsi_usage_mask == 1)
6811                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_XY;
6812             else if (tgsi_usage_mask == 2)
6813                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_ZW;
6814             else
6815                tgsi_usage_mask = TGSI_WRITEMASK_XYZW;
6816          }
6817 
6818          dst = ureg_DECL_output_layout(ureg,
6819                      (enum tgsi_semantic) outputSemanticName[slot],
6820                      outputSemanticIndex[slot],
6821                      decl->gs_out_streams,
6822                      slot, tgsi_usage_mask, decl->array_id, decl->size, decl->invariant);
6823          dst.Invariant = decl->invariant;
6824          for (unsigned j = 0; j < decl->size; ++j) {
6825             if (t->outputs[slot + j].File != TGSI_FILE_OUTPUT) {
6826                /* The ArrayID is set up in dst_register */
6827                t->outputs[slot + j] = dst;
6828                t->outputs[slot + j].ArrayID = 0;
6829                t->outputs[slot + j].Index += j;
6830                t->outputs[slot + j].Invariant = decl->invariant;
6831             }
6832          }
6833       }
6834       break;
6835    default:
6836       assert(0);
6837    }
6838 
6839    if (procType == PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT) {
6840       if (proginfo->info.inputs_read & VARYING_BIT_POS) {
6841           /* Must do this after setting up t->inputs. */
6842           emit_wpos(st_context(ctx), t, proginfo, ureg,
6843                     program->wpos_transform_const);
6844       }
6845 
6846       if (proginfo->info.inputs_read & VARYING_BIT_FACE)
6847          emit_face_var(ctx, t);
6848 
6849       for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++) {
6850          switch (outputSemanticName[i]) {
6851          case TGSI_SEMANTIC_POSITION:
6852             t->outputs[i] = ureg_DECL_output(ureg,
6853                                              TGSI_SEMANTIC_POSITION, /* Z/Depth */
6854                                              outputSemanticIndex[i]);
6855             t->outputs[i] = ureg_writemask(t->outputs[i], TGSI_WRITEMASK_Z);
6856             break;
6857          case TGSI_SEMANTIC_STENCIL:
6858             t->outputs[i] = ureg_DECL_output(ureg,
6859                                              TGSI_SEMANTIC_STENCIL, /* Stencil */
6860                                              outputSemanticIndex[i]);
6861             t->outputs[i] = ureg_writemask(t->outputs[i], TGSI_WRITEMASK_Y);
6862             break;
6863          case TGSI_SEMANTIC_COLOR:
6864             t->outputs[i] = ureg_DECL_output(ureg,
6865                                              TGSI_SEMANTIC_COLOR,
6866                                              outputSemanticIndex[i]);
6867             break;
6868          case TGSI_SEMANTIC_SAMPLEMASK:
6869             t->outputs[i] = ureg_DECL_output(ureg,
6870                                              TGSI_SEMANTIC_SAMPLEMASK,
6871                                              outputSemanticIndex[i]);
6872             /* TODO: If we ever support more than 32 samples, this will have
6873              * to become an array.
6874              */
6875             t->outputs[i] = ureg_writemask(t->outputs[i], TGSI_WRITEMASK_X);
6876             break;
6877          default:
6878             assert(!"fragment shader outputs must be POSITION/STENCIL/COLOR");
6879             ret = PIPE_ERROR_BAD_INPUT;
6880             goto out;
6881          }
6882       }
6883    }
6884    else if (procType == PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX) {
6885       for (i = 0; i < numOutputs; i++) {
6886          if (outputSemanticName[i] == TGSI_SEMANTIC_FOG) {
6887             /* force register to contain a fog coordinate in the form (F, 0, 0, 1). */
6888             ureg_MOV(ureg,
6889                      ureg_writemask(t->outputs[i], TGSI_WRITEMASK_YZW),
6890                      ureg_imm4f(ureg, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f));
6891             t->outputs[i] = ureg_writemask(t->outputs[i], TGSI_WRITEMASK_X);
6892          }
6893       }
6894    }
6895 
6896    /* Declare address register.
6897     */
6898    if (program->num_address_regs > 0) {
6899       assert(program->num_address_regs <= 3);
6900       for (int i = 0; i < program->num_address_regs; i++)
6901          t->address[i] = ureg_DECL_address(ureg);
6902    }
6903 
6904    /* Declare misc input registers
6905     */
6906    BITSET_FOREACH_SET(i, proginfo->info.system_values_read, SYSTEM_VALUE_MAX) {
6907       enum tgsi_semantic semName = tgsi_get_sysval_semantic(i);
6908 
6909       t->systemValues[i] = ureg_DECL_system_value(ureg, semName, 0);
6910 
6911       if (semName == TGSI_SEMANTIC_INSTANCEID ||
6912           semName == TGSI_SEMANTIC_VERTEXID) {
6913          /* From Gallium perspective, these system values are always
6914           * integer, and require native integer support.  However, if
6915           * native integer is supported on the vertex stage but not the
6916           * pixel stage (e.g, i915g + draw), Mesa will generate IR that
6917           * assumes these system values are floats. To resolve the
6918           * inconsistency, we insert a U2F.
6919           */
6920          struct st_context *st = st_context(ctx);
6921          struct pipe_screen *pscreen = st->screen;
6922          assert(procType == PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX);
6923          assert(pscreen->get_shader_param(pscreen, PIPE_SHADER_VERTEX, PIPE_SHADER_CAP_INTEGERS));
6924          (void) pscreen;
6925          if (!ctx->Const.NativeIntegers) {
6926             struct ureg_dst temp = ureg_DECL_local_temporary(t->ureg);
6927             ureg_U2F(t->ureg, ureg_writemask(temp, TGSI_WRITEMASK_X),
6928                      t->systemValues[i]);
6929             t->systemValues[i] = ureg_scalar(ureg_src(temp), 0);
6930          }
6931       }
6932 
6933       if (procType == PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT &&
6934           semName == TGSI_SEMANTIC_POSITION)
6935          emit_wpos(st_context(ctx), t, proginfo, ureg,
6936                    program->wpos_transform_const);
6937 
6938       if (procType == PIPE_SHADER_FRAGMENT &&
6939           semName == TGSI_SEMANTIC_SAMPLEPOS)
6940          emit_samplepos_adjustment(t, program->wpos_transform_const);
6941    }
6942 
6943    t->array_sizes = program->array_sizes;
6944    t->input_decls = program->inputs;
6945    t->num_input_decls = program->num_inputs;
6946    t->output_decls = program->outputs;
6947    t->num_output_decls = program->num_outputs;
6948 
6949    /* Emit constants and uniforms.  TGSI uses a single index space for these,
6950     * so we put all the translated regs in t->constants.
6951     */
6952    if (proginfo->Parameters) {
6953       t->constants = (struct ureg_src *)
6954          calloc(proginfo->Parameters->NumParameters, sizeof(t->constants[0]));
6955       if (t->constants == NULL) {
6956          ret = PIPE_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
6957          goto out;
6958       }
6959       t->num_constants = proginfo->Parameters->NumParameters;
6960 
6961       for (i = 0; i < proginfo->Parameters->NumParameters; i++) {
6962          unsigned pvo = proginfo->Parameters->Parameters[i].ValueOffset;
6963 
6964          switch (proginfo->Parameters->Parameters[i].Type) {
6965          case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
6966          case PROGRAM_UNIFORM:
6967             t->constants[i] = ureg_DECL_constant(ureg, i);
6968             break;
6969 
6970          /* Emit immediates for PROGRAM_CONSTANT only when there's no indirect
6971           * addressing of the const buffer.
6972           * FIXME: Be smarter and recognize param arrays:
6973           * indirect addressing is only valid within the referenced
6974           * array.
6975           */
6976          case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
6977             if (program->indirect_addr_consts)
6978                t->constants[i] = ureg_DECL_constant(ureg, i);
6979             else
6980                t->constants[i] = emit_immediate(t,
6981                                                 proginfo->Parameters->ParameterValues + pvo,
6982                                                 proginfo->Parameters->Parameters[i].DataType,
6983                                                 4);
6984             break;
6985          default:
6986             break;
6987          }
6988       }
6989    }
6990 
6991    for (i = 0; i < proginfo->info.num_ubos; i++) {
6992       unsigned size = proginfo->sh.UniformBlocks[i]->UniformBufferSize;
6993       unsigned num_const_vecs = (size + 15) / 16;
6994       unsigned first, last;
6995       assert(num_const_vecs > 0);
6996       first = 0;
6997       last = num_const_vecs > 0 ? num_const_vecs - 1 : 0;
6998       ureg_DECL_constant2D(t->ureg, first, last, i + 1);
6999    }
7000 
7001    /* Emit immediate values.
7002     */
7003    t->immediates = (struct ureg_src *)
7004       calloc(program->num_immediates, sizeof(struct ureg_src));
7005    if (t->immediates == NULL) {
7006       ret = PIPE_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
7007       goto out;
7008    }
7009    t->num_immediates = program->num_immediates;
7010 
7011    i = 0;
7012    foreach_in_list(immediate_storage, imm, &program->immediates) {
7013       assert(i < program->num_immediates);
7014       t->immediates[i++] = emit_immediate(t, imm->values, imm->type, imm->size32);
7015    }
7016    assert(i == program->num_immediates);
7017 
7018    /* texture samplers */
7019    for (i = 0; i < prog_const->MaxTextureImageUnits; i++) {
7020       if (program->samplers_used & (1u << i)) {
7021          enum tgsi_return_type type =
7022             st_translate_texture_type(program->sampler_types[i]);
7023 
7024          t->samplers[i] = ureg_DECL_sampler(ureg, i);
7025 
7026          ureg_DECL_sampler_view(ureg, i, program->sampler_targets[i],
7027                                 type, type, type, type);
7028       }
7029    }
7030 
7031    /* Declare atomic and shader storage buffers. */
7032    {
7033       struct gl_program *prog = program->prog;
7034 
7035       if (!st_context(ctx)->has_hw_atomics) {
7036          for (i = 0; i < prog->info.num_abos; i++) {
7037             unsigned index = (prog->info.num_ssbos +
7038                               prog->sh.AtomicBuffers[i]->Binding);
7039             assert(prog->sh.AtomicBuffers[i]->Binding <
7040                    prog_const->MaxAtomicBuffers);
7041             t->buffers[index] = ureg_DECL_buffer(ureg, index, true);
7042          }
7043       } else {
7044          for (i = 0; i < program->num_atomics; i++) {
7045             struct hwatomic_decl *ainfo = &program->atomic_info[i];
7046             gl_uniform_storage *uni_storage = &prog->sh.data->UniformStorage[ainfo->location];
7047             int base = uni_storage->offset / ATOMIC_COUNTER_SIZE;
7048             ureg_DECL_hw_atomic(ureg, base, base + ainfo->size - 1, ainfo->binding,
7049                                 ainfo->array_id);
7050          }
7051       }
7052 
7053       assert(prog->info.num_ssbos <= prog_const->MaxShaderStorageBlocks);
7054       for (i = 0; i < prog->info.num_ssbos; i++) {
7055          t->buffers[i] = ureg_DECL_buffer(ureg, i, false);
7056       }
7057    }
7058 
7059    if (program->use_shared_memory)
7060       t->shared_memory = ureg_DECL_memory(ureg, TGSI_MEMORY_TYPE_SHARED);
7061 
7062    for (i = 0; i < program->shader->Program->info.num_images; i++) {
7063       if (program->images_used & (1 << i)) {
7064          t->images[i] = ureg_DECL_image(ureg, i,
7065                                         program->image_targets[i],
7066                                         program->image_formats[i],
7067                                         program->image_wr[i],
7068                                         false);
7069       }
7070    }
7071 
7072    /* Emit each instruction in turn:
7073     */
7074    foreach_in_list(glsl_to_tgsi_instruction, inst, &program->instructions)
7075       compile_tgsi_instruction(t, inst);
7076 
7077 out:
7078    if (t) {
7079       free(t->arrays);
7080       free(t->temps);
7081       free(t->constants);
7082       t->num_constants = 0;
7083       free(t->immediates);
7084       t->num_immediates = 0;
7085       FREE(t);
7086    }
7087 
7088    return ret;
7089 }
7090 /* ----------------------------- End TGSI code ------------------------------ */
7091 
7092 
7093 /**
7094  * Convert a shader's GLSL IR into a Mesa gl_program, although without
7095  * generating Mesa IR.
7096  */
7097 static struct gl_program *
get_mesa_program_tgsi(struct gl_context * ctx,struct gl_shader_program * shader_program,struct gl_linked_shader * shader)7098 get_mesa_program_tgsi(struct gl_context *ctx,
7099                       struct gl_shader_program *shader_program,
7100                       struct gl_linked_shader *shader)
7101 {
7102    glsl_to_tgsi_visitor* v;
7103    struct gl_program *prog;
7104    struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =
7105          &ctx->Const.ShaderCompilerOptions[shader->Stage];
7106    struct pipe_screen *pscreen = st_context(ctx)->screen;
7107    enum pipe_shader_type ptarget = pipe_shader_type_from_mesa(shader->Stage);
7108    unsigned skip_merge_registers;
7109 
7110    validate_ir_tree(shader->ir);
7111 
7112    prog = shader->Program;
7113 
7114    prog->Parameters = _mesa_new_parameter_list();
7115    v = new glsl_to_tgsi_visitor();
7116    v->ctx = ctx;
7117    v->prog = prog;
7118    v->shader_program = shader_program;
7119    v->shader = shader;
7120    v->options = options;
7121    v->native_integers = ctx->Const.NativeIntegers;
7122 
7123    v->have_sqrt = pscreen->get_shader_param(pscreen, ptarget,
7124                                             PIPE_SHADER_CAP_TGSI_SQRT_SUPPORTED);
7125    v->have_fma = pscreen->get_shader_param(pscreen, ptarget,
7126                                            PIPE_SHADER_CAP_TGSI_FMA_SUPPORTED);
7127    v->has_tex_txf_lz = pscreen->get_param(pscreen,
7128                                           PIPE_CAP_TGSI_TEX_TXF_LZ);
7129    v->need_uarl = !pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_ANY_REG_AS_ADDRESS);
7130 
7131    v->tg4_component_in_swizzle = pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_TG4_COMPONENT_IN_SWIZZLE);
7132    v->variables = _mesa_hash_table_create(v->mem_ctx, _mesa_hash_pointer,
7133                                           _mesa_key_pointer_equal);
7134    skip_merge_registers =
7135       pscreen->get_shader_param(pscreen, ptarget,
7136                                 PIPE_SHADER_CAP_TGSI_SKIP_MERGE_REGISTERS);
7137 
7138    _mesa_generate_parameters_list_for_uniforms(ctx, shader_program, shader,
7139                                                prog->Parameters);
7140 
7141    /* Remove reads from output registers. */
7142    if (!pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_CAN_READ_OUTPUTS))
7143       lower_output_reads(shader->Stage, shader->ir);
7144 
7145    /* Emit intermediate IR for main(). */
7146    visit_exec_list(shader->ir, v);
7147 
7148 #if 0
7149    /* Print out some information (for debugging purposes) used by the
7150     * optimization passes. */
7151    {
7152       int i;
7153       int *first_writes = ralloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, v->next_temp);
7154       int *first_reads = ralloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, v->next_temp);
7155       int *last_writes = ralloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, v->next_temp);
7156       int *last_reads = ralloc_array(v->mem_ctx, int, v->next_temp);
7157 
7158       for (i = 0; i < v->next_temp; i++) {
7159          first_writes[i] = -1;
7160          first_reads[i] = -1;
7161          last_writes[i] = -1;
7162          last_reads[i] = -1;
7163       }
7164       v->get_first_temp_read(first_reads);
7165       v->get_last_temp_read_first_temp_write(last_reads, first_writes);
7166       v->get_last_temp_write(last_writes);
7167       for (i = 0; i < v->next_temp; i++)
7168          printf("Temp %d: FR=%3d FW=%3d LR=%3d LW=%3d\n", i, first_reads[i],
7169                 first_writes[i],
7170                 last_reads[i],
7171                 last_writes[i]);
7172       ralloc_free(first_writes);
7173       ralloc_free(first_reads);
7174       ralloc_free(last_writes);
7175       ralloc_free(last_reads);
7176    }
7177 #endif
7178 
7179    /* Perform optimizations on the instructions in the glsl_to_tgsi_visitor. */
7180    v->simplify_cmp();
7181    v->copy_propagate();
7182 
7183    while (v->eliminate_dead_code());
7184 
7185    v->merge_two_dsts();
7186 
7187    if (!skip_merge_registers) {
7188       v->split_arrays();
7189       v->copy_propagate();
7190       while (v->eliminate_dead_code());
7191 
7192       v->merge_registers();
7193       v->copy_propagate();
7194       while (v->eliminate_dead_code());
7195    }
7196 
7197    v->renumber_registers();
7198 
7199    /* Write the END instruction. */
7200    v->emit_asm(NULL, TGSI_OPCODE_END);
7201 
7202    if (ctx->_Shader->Flags & GLSL_DUMP) {
7203       _mesa_log("\n");
7204       _mesa_log("GLSL IR for linked %s program %d:\n",
7205              _mesa_shader_stage_to_string(shader->Stage),
7206              shader_program->Name);
7207       _mesa_print_ir(_mesa_get_log_file(), shader->ir, NULL);
7208       _mesa_log("\n\n");
7209    }
7210 
7211    do_set_program_inouts(shader->ir, prog, shader->Stage);
7212 
7213    _mesa_copy_linked_program_data(shader_program, shader);
7214 
7215    if (pscreen->get_param(pscreen, PIPE_CAP_TGSI_SKIP_SHRINK_IO_ARRAYS)) {
7216       mark_array_io(v->inputs, v->num_inputs,
7217                     &prog->info.inputs_read,
7218                     prog->DualSlotInputs,
7219                     &prog->info.patch_inputs_read);
7220 
7221       mark_array_io(v->outputs, v->num_outputs,
7222                     &prog->info.outputs_written, 0ULL,
7223                     &prog->info.patch_outputs_written);
7224    } else  {
7225       shrink_array_declarations(v->inputs, v->num_inputs,
7226                                 &prog->info.inputs_read,
7227                                 prog->DualSlotInputs,
7228                                 &prog->info.patch_inputs_read);
7229       shrink_array_declarations(v->outputs, v->num_outputs,
7230                                 &prog->info.outputs_written, 0ULL,
7231                                 &prog->info.patch_outputs_written);
7232    }
7233 
7234    count_resources(v, prog);
7235 
7236    /* The GLSL IR won't be needed anymore. */
7237    ralloc_free(shader->ir);
7238    shader->ir = NULL;
7239 
7240    /* This must be done before the uniform storage is associated. */
7241    if (shader->Stage == MESA_SHADER_FRAGMENT &&
7242        (prog->info.inputs_read & VARYING_BIT_POS ||
7243         BITSET_TEST(prog->info.system_values_read, SYSTEM_VALUE_FRAG_COORD) ||
7244         BITSET_TEST(prog->info.system_values_read, SYSTEM_VALUE_SAMPLE_POS))) {
7245       static const gl_state_index16 wposTransformState[STATE_LENGTH] = {
7246          STATE_FB_WPOS_Y_TRANSFORM
7247       };
7248 
7249       v->wpos_transform_const = _mesa_add_state_reference(prog->Parameters,
7250                                                           wposTransformState);
7251    }
7252 
7253    /* Avoid reallocation of the program parameter list, because the uniform
7254     * storage is only associated with the original parameter list.
7255     * This should be enough for Bitmap and DrawPixels constants.
7256     */
7257    _mesa_ensure_and_associate_uniform_storage(ctx, shader_program, prog, 8);
7258    if (!shader_program->data->LinkStatus) {
7259       free_glsl_to_tgsi_visitor(v);
7260       _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, NULL);
7261       return NULL;
7262    }
7263 
7264    st_program(prog)->glsl_to_tgsi = v;
7265 
7266    PRINT_STATS(v->print_stats());
7267 
7268    return prog;
7269 }
7270 
7271 /* See if there are unsupported control flow statements. */
7272 class ir_control_flow_info_visitor : public ir_hierarchical_visitor {
7273 private:
7274    const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options;
7275 public:
ir_control_flow_info_visitor(const struct gl_shader_compiler_options * options)7276    ir_control_flow_info_visitor(const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options)
7277       : options(options),
7278         unsupported(false)
7279    {
7280    }
7281 
visit_enter(ir_function * ir)7282    virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_function *ir)
7283    {
7284       /* Other functions are skipped (same as glsl_to_tgsi). */
7285       if (strcmp(ir->name, "main") == 0)
7286          return visit_continue;
7287 
7288       return visit_continue_with_parent;
7289    }
7290 
visit_enter(ir_call * ir)7291    virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_call *ir)
7292    {
7293       if (!ir->callee->is_intrinsic()) {
7294          unsupported = true; /* it's a function call */
7295          return visit_stop;
7296       }
7297       return visit_continue;
7298    }
7299 
visit_enter(ir_return * ir)7300    virtual ir_visitor_status visit_enter(ir_return *ir)
7301    {
7302       if (options->EmitNoMainReturn) {
7303          unsupported = true;
7304          return visit_stop;
7305       }
7306       return visit_continue;
7307    }
7308 
7309    bool unsupported;
7310 };
7311 
7312 static bool
has_unsupported_control_flow(exec_list * ir,const struct gl_shader_compiler_options * options)7313 has_unsupported_control_flow(exec_list *ir,
7314                              const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options)
7315 {
7316    ir_control_flow_info_visitor visitor(options);
7317    visit_list_elements(&visitor, ir);
7318    return visitor.unsupported;
7319 }
7320 
7321 /**
7322  * Link a shader.
7323  * This actually involves converting GLSL IR into an intermediate TGSI-like IR
7324  * with code lowering and other optimizations.
7325  */
7326 GLboolean
st_link_tgsi(struct gl_context * ctx,struct gl_shader_program * prog)7327 st_link_tgsi(struct gl_context *ctx, struct gl_shader_program *prog)
7328 {
7329    struct pipe_screen *pscreen = st_context(ctx)->screen;
7330 
7331    for (unsigned i = 0; i < MESA_SHADER_STAGES; i++) {
7332       struct gl_linked_shader *shader = prog->_LinkedShaders[i];
7333       if (shader == NULL)
7334          continue;
7335 
7336       exec_list *ir = shader->ir;
7337       gl_shader_stage stage = shader->Stage;
7338       enum pipe_shader_type ptarget = pipe_shader_type_from_mesa(stage);
7339       const struct gl_shader_compiler_options *options =
7340             &ctx->Const.ShaderCompilerOptions[stage];
7341 
7342       unsigned if_threshold = pscreen->get_shader_param(pscreen, ptarget,
7343                                                         PIPE_SHADER_CAP_LOWER_IF_THRESHOLD);
7344       if (ctx->Const.GLSLOptimizeConservatively) {
7345          /* Do it once and repeat only if there's unsupported control flow. */
7346          do {
7347             do_common_optimization(ir, true, true, options,
7348                                    ctx->Const.NativeIntegers);
7349             lower_if_to_cond_assign((gl_shader_stage)i, ir,
7350                                     options->MaxIfDepth, if_threshold);
7351          } while (has_unsupported_control_flow(ir, options));
7352       } else {
7353          /* Repeat it until it stops making changes. */
7354          bool progress;
7355          do {
7356             progress = do_common_optimization(ir, true, true, options,
7357                                               ctx->Const.NativeIntegers);
7358             progress |= lower_if_to_cond_assign((gl_shader_stage)i, ir,
7359                                                 options->MaxIfDepth, if_threshold);
7360          } while (progress);
7361       }
7362 
7363       /* Do this again to lower ir_binop_vector_extract introduced
7364        * by optimization passes.
7365        */
7366       do_vec_index_to_cond_assign(ir);
7367 
7368       validate_ir_tree(ir);
7369 
7370       struct gl_program *linked_prog =
7371          get_mesa_program_tgsi(ctx, prog, shader);
7372       st_set_prog_affected_state_flags(linked_prog);
7373 
7374       if (linked_prog) {
7375          /* This is really conservative: */
7376          linked_prog->info.writes_memory =
7377             linked_prog->info.num_ssbos ||
7378             linked_prog->info.num_images ||
7379             ctx->Extensions.ARB_bindless_texture ||
7380             (linked_prog->sh.LinkedTransformFeedback &&
7381              linked_prog->sh.LinkedTransformFeedback->NumVarying);
7382 
7383          if (!ctx->Driver.ProgramStringNotify(ctx,
7384                                               _mesa_shader_stage_to_program(i),
7385                                               linked_prog)) {
7386             _mesa_reference_program(ctx, &shader->Program, NULL);
7387             return GL_FALSE;
7388          }
7389       }
7390    }
7391 
7392    return GL_TRUE;
7393 }
7394